Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout127-90 RESOLUTIONRESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION FAYETTE TREE SEPARATION AND HIGHWAY 180. 127-90 AUTHORIZING A CONTRACT WITH & TRENCH, INC FOR GRADE WATER AND SEWER RELOCATION ON BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized and directed to execute a contract in the amount of $128,059.50 with Fayette Tree & Trench, Inc. A copy of the bid tabulation sheet and contract authorized for execution hereby is attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this 21st. day of Augusg 0' fiats Ts SATTEST: By: lara rr;\`V Sof • • • APPROVED: , 1990. By:Kad/ Mayor ..> ., SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WATER & SEWER RELOCATION 1 �1 • Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation (Fayetteville) FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) AHTD Job 40042 PLANS NO. Fy-198 JUNE 1990 McGOODWIN, WILLIAMS AND YATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 0 1990 McGoodwln, Williams and Yates That we, • American States Insurance Company INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA Bid Bond Know all Men by these Presents FAYETTE TREE & TRENCH, INC. P. 0. BOX 427 of FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72702 (hereinafter called as Principal, and AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE COMPANY (hereinafter called the Surety), held and firmly bound unto CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS the Principal), as Surety, are (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the penal sum of 5% OF AMOUNT OF BID Dollars ($5% OF AMT BID) for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has -submitted a bid for AHTD JOB #40042 - WATER & SEWER RELOCATION - HIGHWAY 180, FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract. and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to :perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full 'force and effect. - Signed and Sealed this 31ST day of JULY r 1925 FAYETTE TREE & TRENCH, INC'( ;!/` ? 4,^P�inc•Tal� vim' MJ 9-1027 0-89) Wit ess 8y5' Lt e4cBy Witness) ---$ _ CAN STATES 5 ANCE C' . %. al: 4711, fiLz-3 _.S Attorne'tirFact"err; R la .174- l j r... : r �. GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY American States Insurance Company INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that American States Insurance Company. a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Indiana, and having its principal office in the City of Indianapolis, Indiana, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint ROBERT M. RENNER AND KEVIN RENNER (Jointly or Severally) of Fayetteville and state of • Arkansas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 ($2,500,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the common seal of the Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. This Power of Attorney is executed and may be revoked pursuant to and by authority granted by Section 7.07 of the By -Laws of the American States Insurance Company, which reads as follows: "The Chairman, the President or any vice-president (including any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Second Vice President or Assistant Vice President) shall have power, by and with the concurrence with the any other officer of the Corporation, to appoint Attorneys -in - Fact as the business of the Corporation may require and to authorize any such person to execute, on behalf of the Corporation, any bonds, recognizances, stipulations and undertakings, whether by way of surety or otherwise." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American States Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice -President, attested by its Assistant Vice -President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 24th day of A.D. 19 89 ATTEST: Assistant Vice.President STATE OF INDIANA COUNTY OF MARION SS On this 24th day of May May AMERICAN. STATES INSURANCE COMPANY By , A.D., 19 89 before me personally came Joseph F. Heim , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged the execution of the above instrument and did depose and say; that he is a Vice -President of American States Insurance Company; that he knows the se 1 of said Corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; That it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that he signed his name thereto under like authority. And said Joseph F. Heim further said that he is acquainted with John J. Rosich Assistant Vice -President of said Corporation; and that he executed the above instrument. MY COMMISSION EXPIRES FEBRUARY 5, 1003 My Commission Expires STATE OF INDIANA SS COUNTY OF MARION i.John J. Rosich . the Assistant Vice President of AMERICAN STATEri INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy 01 a Power of Attorney, executed by said AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE COMPANY, which is still in force and effect. This Certificate may be signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of Section 8.03 of the By -Laws of AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE COMPANY which reads as follows: "All policies and other instruments of insurance issued by the Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman, the President of any vice-president (including any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Second Vice President or Assistant Vice President) arta the secretary, or an assistant secretary, or other officer, whose signatures. if the instrument is duly countersigned by an authorized representative of the Corporation, may be facsimilies. Such signatures and facsimiles thereof shall be authorized and binding upon the Corporation notwithstanding the fact that any such officer shall have ceased to be such officer at the time such policy or other instrument of insurance shall have been;actually':7, issued by the Corporation." >*" • n 'i7.yr ri7 94 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Corporation, this day 0?et a re. l� A. D., 19 CI 0.. - � ��; a e. Notary Public and knows him to be the 9-1459 (9-88) A•-‘ 71'' `-•. L Assistant Vice -President 'd !•? '--•----.- ".▪ '€N.1/4r 0'. 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WATER & SEWER RELOCATION Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation (Fayetteville) FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) AHTD Job 40042 PLANS NO. Fy-198 JUNE 1990 McGOODWIN, WILLIAMS AND YATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ® 1990 McGoodwin, Williams and Yates 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Advertisement forBids 1 Instructions to Bidders 2 Arkansas Wage Determination 4 Bid 5 Contract Agreement 6 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Supplementary Conditions TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 1 General Requirements Project Requirements 100 Testing 120 Schedules 140 Use of Explosives 150 Storage and Handling of Materials 160 Division 3 Roads, Drives, Parking Areas, Sidewalks, and Curb and Gutter Crushed Stone Base SB -2 300 Select Hillside Material 301 Pipe Bedding Material 310 Division 4 Pipe and Pipe Laying Clearing Rights of Way, Cutting and Rebuilding/Repairing Fences 400 Surface Removal 401 i 1 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 7 1 Section Classification of Excavation for Construction of Sewers 402 Water Service Reconnection 409 Ductile Iron Pipe andFittings for Water Lines 411 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe, Fittings and Appurtenances. 413 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 419 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe and Fittings 420 Low Pressure Air Testing for Sewer Lines 428 Mandrel Testing of Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Sewer Lines 429 Gate Valves and Butterfly Valves 450 Placing Pipe Protection Cover and Compacted Backfill 461 Flushing, Hydrostatic Testing, Disinfection and Dynamic Testing of Water Lines 462 Fire Hydrants 472 Cast -in -Place Manholes 482 Existing Manholes to be Demolished 485 Pipeline Cleanup, Seeding and Sodding 487 City Street Crossings 491 Street Overlay, Driving Surface, Sidewalk and Curb and Gutter Repair 495 Railroad. Crossings for Utility Relocation Projects 498 Arkansas State Highway Crossings for Utility Relocation Projects 499 Division 5 Concrete and Reinforcing Steel Concrete 503 Division 12 Payment Methods of Measurement and Payment 1200 ii 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Notice is hereby given that, in pursuance to an order of the Board of Directors of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, sealed bids will be received until 10:30 a.m. on July 31, 1990, for furnishing all tools, materials and labor and performing the necessary work for construction of Water and Sewer Relocation - Highway 180 Grade Separation (previously known as Highway 62). At this time the bids received will be publicly opened and read aloud in Room 111 of the City Administration Building. The work generally consists of: Water and Sewer Relocation consisting of approximately 1,200 feet of 12 inch and 300 feet of 6 inch ductile iron water pipe; 1,000 feet of sewer in 8, 10 and 12 inch sizes, together with highway crossings, ties to systems and other appurtenances as are necessary fora complete project. Plans and specifications are on file in the office of McGoodwin, Williams and Yates, Inc., Consulting Engineers, 909 Rolling Hills Drive, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703. Copies of these documents may be obtained from the office of said engineers upon the payment of $20.00 for plans and $20.00 for specifications, a total of $40.00, which is not refundable. The contractors shall make such inspection and studies of the site of the work as to familiarize themselves with all conditions to be encountered. Each bid must be accompanied by an acceptable statement of bidder's qualifications. The requirements of the bidder's statement of qualifications will be furnished to prospective bidders with plans and specifications. Each bid must be accompanied by an acceptable form of proposal guaranty in the amount equal to at least five percent of the whole bid, and such bid bond or cashier's check shall be subject to the conditions provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Bids must be made upon the official proposal sheets contained in the specifications, and such proposal sheets shall not be removed from the remainder of the contract documents. All bids shall be sealed and the envelopes addressed to and delivered to the Purchasing Officer, City of Fayetteville, 113 West Mountain, Room 307, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. All bids shall be plainly marked on the outside of the envelope specifying that it is a bid for construction of Water and Sewer Relocation - Highway 180 Grade Separation, the time for opening of bids, and the name and current contractor's license number of the bidder. All bidders must be licensed under the terms of Act 150, Arkansas Acts of 1965, as amended. The Board of Directors reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities in the proposal deemed to be in the best interests of 1-1 the Board. The Board further reserves the right to withhold the awarding of the contract for a period not to exceed 60 days after the receipt of bids. Dated this day of , 1990. Northwest Arkansas Times: Publish 7/17/90 and 7/24/90 1-2 Peggy Bates, Purchasing Officer 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 3 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. DEFINED TERMS. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1983 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Engineer. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. • 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS. To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit with his Bid the following statement of Bidder's qualifications: All questions comprehensive. STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS (To be submitted with and attached to Bid.) must be answered and the data given must be clear and This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1) Name of Bidder. 2) Permanent main office address. 3) When organized. 4) If a corporation, where incorporated. 2-1 Instructions to Bidders 5) How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6) Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7) General character of work performed by your company. 8) Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? 9) Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10) List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost for each, and the month and year completed. 11) List your mayor equipment available for this contract. 12) Experience in construction of water and sewer relocation similar in size to this project, along with project owners and engineers. 13) Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including the officers. 14) Credit available: $ 15) Give bank reference: 16) Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the Owner? Dated at this day of , 19 Name of Organization: State of County of says that he (she) is the By Title • being duly sworn deposes and of , Contractor(s), and that answers to the foregoing 2-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 Instructions •to Bidders questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn before me this day of 19 . My commission expires (Seal) Notary Public Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualifications to do business in the state where the project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. 4. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, c) consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1 those'reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 4.2.2 those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are incorporated therein by reference. Such technical data has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information 2-3 Instructions to Bidders and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.6 On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate any convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by 2-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 1 1 1 1 S 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Instructions to Bidders 1 formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral: and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. 6. BID SECURITY 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescribed) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions. The bid security shall be placed in a marked, sealed envelope and securely fastened to the outside of the sealed Bid. 6.2 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the 61st day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7. CONTRACT TIME. The numbers of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (the Contract Time) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement. 8. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 9. SUBSTITUTE OR "OR -EQUAL" ITEMS. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Substitute or "or equal" items of materials or equipment, unless it is specified that no substitute will be allowed, may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to the Engineer. Application for acceptance of substitute or "or equal" items will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedurefor submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in paragraphs 6.7.1, 6.7.2 and 6.7.3 of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the Project Requirements. 10. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1 The' Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract without the prior written approval of the Owner nor shall the 2-5 Instructions to Bidders Contractor allow such Subcontractor to commence Work until he has provided and obtained approval of such compensation and public liability insurance as may be required. The approval of each subcontract by the Owner will in no manner release the Contractor from any of his obligations as set out in the Plans, Specifications, Contract and Bonds. 10.2 The Contractor will be required to furnish the names of Subcontractors and the amounts of their subcontracts as required by Act 183, Arkansas Acts of 1957. The subcontracts may be for mechanical, electrical, roofing and sheet metal work. Subcontract amounts must be submitted on a separate list in a sealed envelope and must accompany the Bid Form. The Subcontractor's name and license number shall appear on the outside of the sealed envelope. Subcontractors must be licensed according to the laws of the State of Arkansas. 11. BID FORM 11.1 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer (or the issuing office). 11.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter. 11.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 11.4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5 All names must be typed or printed below the signature. 11.6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 12. SUBMISSION OF BIDS. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted) and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 13.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be .executed) and delivered to the 2-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 Instructions to Bidders et place where Bids are to,tbe submitted at•any:time prior to the opening of Bids. 13.2 If, within 24 hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. A tabulation of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after preparation by the Engineer. 15. BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All bids will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the day of the Bid opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be ih'the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the. Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 16.3 Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Owner also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 16.4 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation .of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, 2-7 Instructions to Bidders qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 16.5 If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. 16.6 If the contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within 60 days after the day of the Bid opening. 17. CONTRACT SECURITY. Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth Owner's requirements as to Performance and Payment Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Performance and Payment Bonds. 18. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within 15 days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 19. COMPLIANCE WITH STATE LICENSING LAW. Contractors must be licensed in accordance with the requirements of Act 150, Arkansas Acts of 1965, the "Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors." Bidders who submit Bids in excess of $20,000 must submit evidence of their having a contractor's license before their bids will be considered, and shall note their license number on the outside of their Bid. 20. LABOR LAWS. The Contractor shall abide by all federal, state and local laws governing labor. The Contractor further agrees to save the Owner harmless from the payment of any contribution under the State Unemployment Compensation Act, and the Contractor agrees that if he is subject to the Arkansas State Unemployment Act, he will make whatever contributions are required under and by virtue of the provisions of said Act. 21. WAGES AND LABOR. Minimum wage rates shall be equal to basic rates as established by common usage in the city and adjacent community for the various types of labor and skills performed. In case wage rates are specified in the Contract Documents, the rates as specified shall be the minimum rates which apply to the Project. Whenever available, local common labor shall be used and whenever practical, skilled and semi -skilled labor, if available, shall be used. The Contractor and each Subcontractor, where the contract amount exceeds $75,000, shall comply with the provision of Act 74, as amended by Act 275 of 1969 (Ark. Stat. 14-630). The provisions are summarized below. 2-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 ;1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Instructions to Bidders The Contractor and Subcontractor shall: 1) pay the minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of workman and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work, as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor. 2) post the scale of wages in a prominent and easily accessible place at,the site of the Work. 3) keep an accurate record showing the names and occupation and hours worked of all workmen employed by them, and the actual wages paid to each of the workmen, which record shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the Department of Labor or the Owner, its officers and agents. The Owner shall have the right to withhold from amounts due the Contractor so much of accrued payments as may be considered necessary to pay the workmen employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, the difference between the rates of wages required by this Contract and the rates of wages received by such workmen. If it is found that any workmen employed by the Contractor or a Subcontractor has been or is being paid a rate of wages less than the rate of wages required by this Contract, the Owner may by written notice to the Contractor, terminate his right to proceed with the Work or such party of the Work as to which there has been a failure to pay the required wages and to prosecute the Work to ;completion by Contract or otherwise, and the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable for any excess costs occasioned thereby. 22. COMPLIANCE WITH ACT 125, ARKANSAS ACTS OF 1965. The attention of all Bidders is called to the provisions of Act 125, Arkansas Acts of 1965. This act provides for payment for certain taxes on materials and equipment brought into the state. It further provides for methods of collecting said taxes. All provisions of this Act will be complied with under this Contract. 23. WITHHOLDING STATE INCOME TAXES. The Contractor shall deduct and withhold Arkansas income taxes, as required by Arkansas law, from wages paid to employees, whether such employees are residents or nonresidents of Arkansas. 24. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR THE ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF ACT 162, ARKANSAS ACTS OF 1987. The attention of all NON-RESIDENT BIDDERS is called to the provision of Act 162, Arkansas Acts of 1987. This act provides for non-resident contractors and subcontractors notice and bond regulations by the Commissioner of Revenues, Department of Finance and Administration, Post Office Box 1272, Little Rock, Arkansas 72203 prior to commencing work or undertaking to perform any duties under any contract within the State of Arkansas. 2-9 1 Bill Clinton Governor i 1 1 STATE OF ARKANSAS ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 10421 WEST MARKHAM LITTLE ROCK 72205 (501) 682-4500 McGoodwin, Williams & Yates, Inc. 909 Rolling Hills Drive. Fayetteville, AR 72703 Dear Sirs: • June 25, 1990 RE: Water & Sewer Relocations Hwy. 180 Grade Separation Fayetteville, Arkansas Washington County In response to your written request of June 20, 1990, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination 89-194 establishing the minimum wage rates to be paid on the above -referenced project. These rates were established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark. Code Ann. §522-9-301 to 22-9-313(1987) and the administrative regulations promulgated thereunder. If the work is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, every specification shall include minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor Ark. Code Ann. §22-9-308(b) (2). Also, the public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all workers performing work under the contract. Ark. Code Ann. 522-9-308(c). Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work site. Ark. Code Ann. 522-9-309(a). Once the contract is awarded, please notify this office of the following: the name, mailing address and telephone number of the general contractor; the date construction is to begin; the anticipated completion date; and the amount of the project bid. If you have any questions, or we can be of further assistance, please contact Ann Sanders at the above address and telephone number. SH:as Enclosures 4-1 Sincerely, Sandra Hicks, Administrator Labor Standards Division P age 1 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION -HEAVY RATE DATE: PROJECT: June 25, 1990 Water & Sewer Relocations Hwy, 180 Grade Separation Fayetteville, Arkansas Washington County DETERMINATION 0 89-194 COUNTY Statewide EXPIRATION DATE: 12-72-90 BASIC HOURLY FRINGE RATE BENEFITS BRICKLAYERS 7.20 CARPENTERS. 7.20 CONCRETE FINISHERS 7.20 ELECTRICIANS 8.75 IRONWORKERS: Structural 6.30 Reinforcing 5.45 LABORERS: Air tool operator 5.15 Asphalt heater operator 5.15 Asphalt raker 5.85 Carpenter, helper 5.15 Chain saw operator 5.15 Checker grade 5.45 Concrete finisher helper 5.15 Concrete joint sealer 5.15 Concrete saw operator 5.15 Flagger 3.90 Formsetter 5.45 L aborer 3.90 P ipelayer 5.45 Powderman 6.40 Vibratorman 5.15 PAINTER 6.20 PILE DRIVER LEADMAN 6.20 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Aggregate spreader operator 5.80 Asphalt plant fireman 4.85 Asphalt plantdrier operator 4.85 B atch plant operator 5.80 B ulldozer. Operators: Finish 6.90 Rough 5.65 Bull float operator 5.65 Concrete curing machine operator 5.65 Concrete Mixer Operator: Less than 5 sacks 5.15 5 sacks or over 6.20 Backhoe operator-rubbertired (1 yard or less) 6.10 Cherry picker operator 6.10 Concrete paver operator 6.70 Concrete spreader operator 6.70 Crane, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel, B ackhoe Operators: 1-1/2 yards or less 6.70 Over 1'1/2 yards 7.20 Crusher operator 5.65 Distributor operator 4-2 5.65 • Paget of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR I. PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION -HEAVY RATE DATE: June 25, 1990 DETERMINATION i1 89-194 • PROJECT: Water & Sewer Relocations COUNTY Statewide Hwy. 180 Grade Separation EXPIRATION DATE: 12-22-90 IFayetteville, Arkansas Washington County BASIC HOURLY FRINGE RATE BENEFITS Drill operator (wagon or truck) 5.65 • Elevating grader operator 6.70 Euclid or like equipment operator (bottom or end dump) 5.25 Finishing machine operator 6.10 Forklift operator 5.05 Form grader operator 5.05 Front end loader operator: • Finish 6.70 Rough 5.65 Hydra seeder operator 5.15 Mechanic 6.90 • Mechanic • helper 5.25 Motor patrol operator: Finish 6.90 Rough 5.65 Mulching: machine operator 5.15 Oiler and greaser 5.45 Pile driver operator 6.20 Power broom operator 5.15 Pug mill operator 5.15 1 Roller operator (self-propelled) 5.25 Scraper operator: Finish 6.90 Rough 5.65 •Sod slicing machine operator 4.95 Stabilizer mixing machine operator 5.65 Tractor operator: Crawler type 5.15 Farm and wheel 5.15 Wheel "type (with attachment 1 yard or under) 5.55 Trenching machine operator 5.55 STONEMASONS 7.20 TRUCK DRIVERS: Distributor truck driver 5.45 Semi -trailer 5.45 I. Lowboy driver 5.65 Transit mix truck driver 5.45 Truck driver (heavy -maximum pay load in excess of 3000 lbs.) 5.15 Truck driver (light -maximum pay load 3000 lbs.) 4.85 WELL DRILLERS 6.90 WELDERS --receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. 4-3 CERTIFIED .^s Department of Labdf April 6, 1989 — I Li 1 l I I 1 1 BID WATER AND SEWER RELOCATION Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation (Fayetteville) FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) AHTD Job 40042 Plans No. Fy-198 Dated June 1990 Board of Directors City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain, Room 307 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 To the Board of Directors: 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty days after the day of Bid opening. Bidder will sign and submit the Contract Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the bidding requirements within ten days after the date of Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as more fully set forth in the Contract Agreement, that: a) Bidder has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the following addenda (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) Date 70 and such addenda are attached to the Bid. Number l Fn/, I a PY ADDENDUM NO. 1 WATER AND SEWER RELOCATION • Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation (Fayetteville) FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) AHTD Job 40042 Plans No. Fy-198 Dated June 1990 .-cw-ten..—..n.a -- - _. r.+. -. ..e •' The Specifications and Contract Documents for the above project are hereby changed, amended or clarified in the following particulars: SECTION 411 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE & FITTINGS FOR WATER LINES Page; 411-1, paragraph B.1.a. Change the first paragraph under a. to read'as follows: a. Ductile Iron Pipe. All ductile iron pipe furnished with either push -on or mechanical type joints shall conform to the requirements of "Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids," AWWA Standard C151, latest revision, and shall be thickness Class 50 for 12 inch .diameter and larger pipe, and Class 51 for pipe smaller than 12 inches in diameter, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. SECTION 450 - GATE VALVES AND BUTTERFLY VALVES Page.450-2, paragraph B.4. After the phrase "All butterfly valves shall be as furnished by Henry Pratt Company groundhog type, or equal," add the following: Butterfly valves as manufactured by the Mueller Company will also be considered for approval. July 26, 1990 •McGoodwin; Williams and Yates, Inc. Consulting Engineers 909 Rolling Hills Drive Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703 (501)443-3404 b) Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. c) Bidder has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General ' Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC -4.2 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which Bidder is entitled to rely. d) Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those P. referred to in c above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as Bidder considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within ' the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by Bidder for such purposes. e) Bidder has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. Mo additional examinations, I. investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect to said Underground Facilities are or will be required by Bidder in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the I. Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions. f) Bidder has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. g) Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the I. written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to bidder. • h) This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity 'with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder •to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited ' or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner. I I 5-2 4. The: following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid. Required Bid Security in the form o bid bond or certified or cashier's check for ✓� PY ($ ). 5. The'Bidder will complete the Work for the following unit and lump sum prices: I I LiI I I I This project is divided into Schedules A and B for accounting purposes only. SCHEDULE A - WATER IMPROVEMENTS Item Estimated Description. of Item and Total Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid No. Quantity Amount 1. ;1,100 Linear Feet, 12" Ductile Iron Class 50 Water Line Pipe, complete in place ,J- /oo dollars(&h90 )/L. F. $�41090,06 (Dollar Amount Written in Words) (Figures) (Total in Figures) 2. 350 Linear Feet,.6" Ductile Iron Class 54 Water Line Pipe, complete in place d % dollars(/S g)/L.F. 3. . 220 Linear Feet, 2" Water Line (Class 200 PVC) complete in place 7�1dollars(/o,Sb )/L.F. 4. 200 Linear Feet, 18" Steel Casing (3/8" wall), including railroad bore, complete in place dollars(79,So )/L.F. 5. 30 Linear Feet, 12" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including open trench and compacted backfill, complete in place J a dollars(/9o,00 )/L.F. 6. 40 Linear Feet, 12" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including highway bore, complete in place d- —� dollars(/tfo,00 )/L.F. 51/3/Ofbb /91 760, 00 tf/ gzao. OD c Lon, 00 5-3 I 1. Ir� :l+f C:L c P _ 5E4? R I'"F ! P .flTat1s ,I-tem -Estimated- _. __ -- . _._ - - Total itlo; Quantit Description oftItem and ,Unit or.Lump.SumtPriicerBid y L �.., Amount 4r7._e__ 3- Each,-12"•Butterfly-Valyes, — -- ,a_ u comp1e1din place ding cpen dollars(25o,Do)/Each $fSa�0`00 8. 1 3 Each, 6" Gate Valves, w dwI curs( 7�:,;(-, 1/L. F. complete -in -places --�-- -T.- ` '" PL- ��w c� 9cQ- �, �,�et•J 6 ₹ doll,ars( .&400 )/Each //o6v oB 9. - .I 1 Each;'2 Gate Valves, / r 201 9_ la 1) ( d2 �rw rLnd� o�c re {N-� ��1—dollars(�,00')/Each ��v 00 10. 1 fach,,12"-Nx 6" Tapping Sleeve F. and Valve, complete in placetarsf ' < c I/L F, I - n /,-/gO,0D` 11. 1,000 Pounds, Light -Weight (Compact)! Ductile Iron Fittings, with ✓ = 9 llars! ". r )/L.F. tz .k. /I. reaction.backing, complete �- ---- } - _ ,_- in -place. /,,,-, r� I _ .. y,. - •a .`+'.r.4 - i'c'' 3" •s•.., ..t vier �,R`, in depth, cra-ple*- {doIlars(2r�o )/Lb. S,�o0€ap 1_»s LEach.,_Fire_Hydrant.Assembly;. - .., r..._.complete_in..place. — -+,I c, 6r re,r' ..'F., +. - ua'v t ''i_ r . Ltv.. ��ra�iec -o cee- plc% ' r�m�°'�dollars(//9'7�oo)/Each /137coo 13.-. :_ _1.. Each,._Removal_of ExistingFire --___ - --- c ,r Hydrant.iAssembly,.including_6�! ---- ----- AuxiliaryVUa1se�ydeliv ry`Ito} storage PFCN d�/cr t g7wize- cQ'-r+ _. ddll'ars(3�0,00)%Each -00'" I_ V vv , r- - xn th, c�.tplete in place -_s - _ _. -"- _ . __ �. de11—rq{ r'_ t L.e. lt'?� n;• �i»'ir tit:„ TOTAL BID, SCHEDULE A (41ATER IMPROVEMENTS) $ f/ 35i DO .... . mow _. r ..n. —�. I � e.rr+sue —.T' �,t .. t .. .r.enT-..nv..I ...-...a. --s--- . w_._.. . S .-.. _ r l» _ 5=4 +,. 1. .. -._._. _ !. 11 1 Item Estimated No. Quantity 33. 20 - 1 34.• 1 10 1 I I 1 [l I I I I Description of Item and Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid Total Amount Tons, Asphaltic Concrete for repair of asphalt surfaces, complete in place J- 1aa — dollars(5�',00 )/Ton $l1gDo,Dc, Linear Feet, Class B Concrete, complete in place 4- 100 ----a— dollars(75oo )/L.F. 7a`�o,06 35. 1 Each, Tie to System, 3/4" through 2", complete in place 1 dollars(/�$,00 )/Each /5700 TOTAL BID, SCHEDULE B: (SEWER IMPROVEMENTS) $ x(170 7,50 TOTAL BID, SCHEDULES A AND B .................................. The lowest Bidder shall be determined by the lowest bid accepted by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. Unit quantities are not guaranteed. Final payment will be based on actual quantities. Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words, unless obviously incorrect, will govern. The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, bailing, shoring, removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. 6. The Bidder agrees that the Water and Sewer Relocation be placed in operation and all work completed within 60 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Contract Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time. 1 5-7 II 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the address of Bidder indicated below. ' 8. The. terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the 1 meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Submitted this 31 day of , 19�. Respectfly submitted, fFi m Name) .1 1 1 1 1 ', [J (Seal, if bid is by corporation.) By ��cCT�NF NeTtC�lff��l'I=/� Title . j1/i 116; �.. 17 t �x19 < y� !�',1 .7floa-oq-71 (usiness Address W/Zip Coe % Arkansas License No. gq_,gq 1 5-8 I I I I CONTRACT State of Arkansas County of Washington THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 19 ,, by and between the City of Fayetteville, County of Washington, State of Arkansas, Party of the First Part, hereinafter called the Owner, and of the City of Part, hereinafter called the Contractor. IWITNESSETH THAT: , Party of the Second WHEREAS, the Owner has called for bids for the construction of Water and ' Sewer Relocation - Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation, as set out in the Plans and Specifications and approved by the Board of Directors of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas; and ' WHEREAS, :pursuant to the published calls for bids .under said Plans and Specifications, the Contractor is the lowest and best bidder for the ' construct;ion of said Water and Sewer Relocation; NOW THEREFORE, the Contractor agrees with the Owner to commence and complete the construction. of: ' Water and Sewer Relocation consisting of approximately 1,200 feet of 12 inch and 300 feet of 6 inch ductile iron water ' pipe; 1,000 feet of sewer in 8, 10 and 12 inch sizes, together with highway crossings, ties to systems and other appurtenances, which consists of all items as set out in the Bid, these Specifications and Plans No. Fy-198, including all ' items of work for a complete installation, for the unit and lump sum prices proposed in the Bid, all of which become and are a part of this contract, the total sum being ■ dollars ($ ), such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his own cost and expense furnish all materials', supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated -in the Bid attached hereto and made a part hereof, and in accordance with the Technical Specifications, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and in accordance with the Plans, which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter thereof. 1 6-1 I The Contractor agrees to commence work under this contract within ten days of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and fully complete all work necessary Ito placethe Water and Sewer Relocation in operation and have all work completed within sixty (60) calendar days from the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the accepted Bid therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided, in the Specifications, and to make 'payment on account thereof as provided below. As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, the Owner ' will make partial payments to the Contractor for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's estimate of work completed, said estimate being certified by the Contractor and accepted by ' the Owner. Except as otherwise provided by law, ten percent (10%) of each approved estimate shall be retained by the Owner until final completion and acceptance by the Owner and Engineer. The Engineer shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and subsequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder shall be and are essential conditions hereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work within the time stipulated herein. If the Contractor fails in, completing the contract within the time stipulated herein, the • Contractor agrees to pay the Owner, as liquidated damages, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in ' completion, said amounts being fixed and agreed upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining the actual damages Owner would in such event sustain, ' said amounts are to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage Owner would sustain. Said amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due Contractor under the Final Estimate • of said Work, after the completion thereof, and Contractor shall be entitled only to the Final Estimate less such amounts of liquidated damages. If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or of the Owner's employees, or by any other Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, :lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause for delay, only one claim is necessary. ' 6-2 I H I I I I I I I I I I L. I In the event the Contractor abandons the work hereunder or fails, neglects or refuses to continue the work after ten (10) days written notice, given Contractor by the Owner or by the Engineer, then the Owner shall have the option of 1) declaring this contract at an end, in which event the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any work theretofore performed hereunder, or 2) requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to complete and carry out the contract of Contractor; and in that event, should the surety fail, neglect or refuse to carry out said contract, 3) said Owner may complete the contract at its own expense and maintain an action against the Contractor and the surety hereto for the actual cost of same, together with any: damages or other expense sustained or incurred by Owner in completing this contract, less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid Contractor upon the completion of this contract. This contract shall. be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner and Contractor have hereto set their hands and seals, respectively. FiLrm Name .c / �% (J EU ENE No L� /F7�x1/wY� ��EN�t} P/� .. i fR65�nEN7 �• ^'''; I .- Witnesses*.`�..,,..e� *(If corporation, secretary should attest.) ;�'.•�.,%.d Attest: Sherry L. omas, City Clerk CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS William V. Martin, ayor I 6-3 I ' PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) a (2) hereinafter called "Principa:l" and (3) ' of , State of , hereinafter called the "Surety,." are held and firmly bound unto (4) Ihereinafter called the "Owner," in the penal sum of dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with Owner, dated the day of a 19 , :a copy of which is hereto attached — and__ a part hereof for the ' construction of: Water and Sewer Relocation - Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation; Fayetteville, Arkansas; Plans No. Fy-198. ' NOW ;THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract ;during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be ' granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and which it may suffer by reason of: failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation 'shall be ;void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates ' and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it ' does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition :to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. ' This bond is given in compliance with Act 351, Arkansas Acts of 1953, and Act 209, 'Arkansas Acts of 1957, the same appearing as Arkansas Statutes (1957), Section 51-635, Cumulative Supplement. ' 7-1 I I Li I I I I I I I I 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed as original, this the day of 19 Attest: G n A y�rx.IC (Principal) Se 4ary (Seal) Witness to Principal tO Adds/�lJ31�/ �n / Gs� 1 $' 71 I0� Attest: (Surety) Secretary ((Seal) Witness as to Surety Address B� yL ,1 a yY� r94:/ 471 f a Address �; R rJ' Surety Ill Attorney -in -Fact Address NOTE: Date of bond must not be prior to date of contract. (1) Correct name of Contractor. (2) A corporation, a partnership,•or an individual, as the case may be. (3) Correct name of Surety. (4) Correct name of Owner. (5) If Contractor is a partnership, all partners should execute bond. (6) This bond must be filed with the Circuit Clerk of the county where the work is to be performed prior to the start of construction. U 7-2 I PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) ' a (2) hereinafter called "Principa.I" and (3) of , State of , hereinafter called the "Surety," are held and firmly bound unto (4) hereinafter called the "Owner," in the penal sum of dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which ;sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with Owner, dated the day of 19 , ;a copy of which is hereto attached made a part hereof for the ' construction of: Water and Sewer Relocation - Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation; Fayetteville, Arkansas; Plans No. Fy-198. ' NOW THEREFORE, if the'Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension; or modification thereof, all amounts due for but not limited to, materials;, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repair on machinery, equipment and tools:, consumed or used in connection with the construction of said work, fuel oil, camp equipment, food for men, feed for animals, premium for bonds and liability; and workmen's compensation insurance, rentals on machinery, equipment and draft animals; also for taxes or payments due the State of Arkansas or any political subdivisions thereof which shall have arisen on account of or in ' connectio'n with the wages earned by workmen covered by the bond; and for all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be :void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety agrees the terms of this bond shall cover the payment by the Principal; of not less than -the prevailing hourly rate of wages as found by the Arkansas Department of; Labor or as determined by the court on appeal to all workmen performing work under the contract. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. I 7-3 I IPROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. This: bond is given in compliance with 'Act 351, Arkansas Acts of 1953, and- , Act 209, ;Arkansas Acts of 1957, the same appearing as Arkansas Statutes (1957), Section 51-635, Cumulative Supplement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed as original, this the day of 19 1 Attest: Pi6cipa5a J lh �ne�c.C �U. (Principal) Sec e a yy By iN ' Mt (Seal) 41 ' W7 e> to Pr /incipa1 Addr ss 7 3�' ' Attest: Surety ' (Surety) Secretary By ' (Seal) Attorney -in -Fact Witness as to Surety Address I I I Address NOTE: Date of bond must not be prior to date of contract. 1) Correct name of Contractor. 2) A corporation, a partnership, or an individual, as the case may be. 3) Correct name of Surety. 4) Correct name of Owner. 5) If Contractor is a partnership, all partners should execute bond. 6) This bond must be filed with the Circuit Clerk of the county where the work is to be performed prior to the start of construction. I i 3 7-4 1 I I, I i This document has important legal consequences: consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee and Issued and Published Jointly By `Nc EN UENGINEERS SPrrD�IfrICA�iIOMS sl Iu1 lu�*~u y r L II�.f,1Ul o �A�m ° U H CDIt N`AL Mi PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General A e "' Contractors of America These Gcncral Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner -Contractor Aeiecments (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2. 1983 editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a chance in one may necessitate a chance in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents, No, 1910-9, 1981 edition. For guidance 'in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supple- mentary Conditions (No. 1910-17, 1983 edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12. 1983 edition) may be used. No 1910-8 (19S3 Edition ©I983 National Society of Professional Engineers 2029 K Street, N.W., \Vashington, D.C. 20006 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street, N.W.. \Vashington, D.C. 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 Construction Specifications Institute 601 Madison Sc.. Alexandria, VA 22314 I I. TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS '• Article Number Title .. Page I DEFINITIONS...................................................... 7 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................ 8 • 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1 INTENT, AMENDING AND REUSE ............................... 9 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .............................................. 10 . 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ........................................ 11 6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ 14 7 OTHER WORK ..................................................... 18 8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .................................... 19 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 19 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK ......................................... 21 11 CHANGE OF•CONTRACT PRICE .................................. 21 • 12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME ................................... 24 l3 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND • INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION. REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................... 24 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .. 26 • IS SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................. 29 ' 16 ARBITRATION ................................... .................. 31 17 MISCELLANEOUS................................................. 32 1 1 1 3 U ii INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS I I I I I I I [. I I I I Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of Insurance .............................. 5.13 Access to the Work..................................13.2 Addenda —definition of (see definition of Specifications) ..:..................................:.. 1 Agreement —definition of ................................ I All Risk Insurance......................I.......... .... 5.6 Amendment,.Written ............................. 1,3.1.1 Application for Payment —definition of .................. I Application far Payment, Final ...................... 14:12 Application for Progress Payment .................... 14.2 Application for Progress Payment —review of .... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration ............................................. 16 Authorized Variation in Work. ......................... 9.5 - -- Availability of Lands .................................. Award, Notice of —defined .............................. 4.1 I Before Starting Construction ...................... 2.5-2.7 Bid -definition of I ....................................... Bonds and Insurance —in general ........................ 5 Bonds —definition of .....................................1 Bonds. Delivery of ............................... 2.1, 5.1 Bonds, Performance and Other .................... 5.1-5,2 Cash Allowances ..................................... 11.8 Change Order —definition of ............................. I Change Orders —to be executed ...................... 10.4 Changes in the Work ................................... 10 Claims, Waiverof—on Final Payment ............... 14.16 Clarifications and Interpretations ...................... 9.4 Cleaning.............................................6.17 Completion.............................................. 14 Completion, Substantial ......................... 14.8-14.9 Conference, Preconstruction .....................:..... 2.8 Conflict, Error. Discrepancy —Contractor to Report .......................................2.5. 3.3 ............. Construction Machinery, Equipment. etc ..............6.4 6.4 ContinuingWork ..................................... 6._9 Contract Documents —amending and supplementing .................................. 3.4-3.5 Contract Documents —definition of ...................... I Contract Documents —Intent ...................... 3.1-3.3 Contract Documents —Reuse of ....................... 3.6 .Contract Price; Change of ..............................II Contract Price —.definition ............................... Contract Time. Change of .............................. I' Contract Time; Commencement of .................... 2:3 Contract Time —definition of ............................ I Contractor —definition of ................................ I Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............. 15.5 Contractor's Continuing Obligation .................. 14.15 Contractor's Duty to Report Discrepancy 9 in Documents..................................'5 3.2 Contractor's Fee —Cost Plus ... 1.1.4.5.6. 11.5.1. 11.6-11.7 Contractor's Liability Insurance ....................... 5.3 Contractor's Responsibilities —in general ................6 Contractor's Warranty of Title ........................ 14.3 Contractors —other ...................................... 7 Contractual Liability Insurance ........................ 5.4 Coordinating Contractor --definition of ................ 7.4 Coordination .......................................... 7.4 Copies of Documents .................................. 2.2 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ........... 13.11 Correction Period, One Year ........................ 13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work—in general ........................... Cost —net decrease ................................. Cost of Work .................................... Costs, Supplemental.................................11.4.5 13.11-13.14 11.6.2 11.4-11.5 Day —definition of ....................................... 1 Defective --definition of.................................I Defective Work, Acceptance of ...................... 13.13 Defective Work, Correction or Removal of .......... 13.11 Defective Work—in general ............... 13, 14.7, 14.11 Defective Work, Rejecting ............................. 9.6 Definitions..............................................I Delivery of Bonds...................................6. 2.1 Determination for Unit Prices ........................ 9.10 Disputes, Decisions by Engineer.................9.11-9.12 Documents, Copies of .................................1 Documents, Record .................................. 6.19 Documents, Reuse .................................... 3.6 Drawings —definition of ................................. I Easements ............................................ 4 Effective date of Agreement —definition of ............... Emergencies .......................................... 6.22 Engineer —definition of .................................. I Engineer's Decisions ............................9.10-9.12 Engineer's —Notice Work is Acceptable ............. 14.13 Engineer's Recommendation of Payment ...... 14.4, 14.13 Engineer's Responsibilities, Limitations on .................................. 6.6, 9.11, 9.13-9.16 Engineer's Status During Construction —in general ...... 9 Equipment. Labor. Materials and .................. 6.3-6.6 Equivalent Materials and Equipment .................. 6.7 Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2 Fee. Contractor's —Costs Plus ........................ 11.6 Field Order —definition of ............................... I Field Order —issued by Engineer ................ 3.5.1. 9.5 Final Application for Payment ....................... 14. 12 Final Inspection ..................................... 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ......................1413 Final Payment, Recommendation of ........... 14.13.14.14 General Provisions ..............................17.3-17.4 General Requirements —definition of ..................... General Requirements —principal references to ................. 2.6, 4.4. 6.4. 6.6-6.7.6 23 I I i 1 1 1 I. 1 I I I I 1 I I. 1 1 Giving Notice ...........................1 ............ 17.1 Guarantee of Work —by Contractor...... . 13.1 Indemnification ............................. 6.30-6.32, 7.5 Inspection, Final .................................... 14.11 Inspection, Tests and ................................. 13.3 Insurance, Bonds and —in general ....................... $ Insurance, Certificates of ........................... 2.7, 5 Insurance —completed operations ...................... 5.3 Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...................... 5.3 Insurance, Contractual Liability ....................... 5.4 Insurance, Owne'r's Liability .......................... 5.5 Insurance, Property .............................. 5.6-5.13 Insurance —Waiver of Rights ......................... 5.11 Intent of Contract Documents ................... 3.3, 9.14 Interpretations and Clarifications ...................... 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions ................... 4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations --definition of ..................... I Laws and Regulations —general ....................... 6.14 Liability Insurance —Contractor's ..................... 5.3 Liability Insurance —Owner's ......................... 5.5 Liens —definitions of ................................ 14.2 Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities ........6.6, 9.11, 9.13-9.16 Materials and equipment —furnished by Contractor .... 6.3 Materials and equipment —not incorporated in )York ............................. 14.2 Materials or equipment —equivalent ................... 6.7 Miscellaneous Provisions ............................... 17 Multi -prime contracts ................................... 7 Notice. Giving of.:................17.1 Notice of Acceptability of Project ................... 14.13 Notice of Award -definition of ........................... I Notice to Proceed= -definition of ......................... I .Notice to Proceed -4 -giving of .......................... 2.3 „Or -Equal" Items ..................................... 6.7 Othercontractors ....................................... Otherwork .............................................. Overtime Work —prohibition of ........................ 6.3 7 7 Owner —definition of .................................... Owner May Correct Defective Work ................. Owner May Stop Work .............................. Owner May Suspend Work, Terminate .......... Owner's Duty to Execute Change Orders .............11.8 Owner's Liability Insurance ........................... Owner's Representative —Engineer to serve as 13.14 13.10 15.1.15.4 5.5 ........ 9.1 I Owner's Responsibilities —in general .................... 8 Owner's Separate Representative at site ............... 9.3 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Partial Utilization —definition of ......................... I Partial Utilization —Property Insurance ............... 5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ............................6.12 Payments. Recommendation of ........... 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to Contractor —in central .....................4 Payments to Contractor —when due ........... 14.4, 14.13 Payments to Contractor —withholding ................ 14.7 Performance and other Bonds .....................5.1-5.2 Permits............................................... 6.13 Physical Conditions.....4.2 Physical Conditions —Engineer's review ............. 4.2.4 Physical Conditions —existing structures ............. 4.2.2 Physical Conditions —explorations and reports ....... 4.2.1 Physical Conditions —possible document change ..... 4.2.5 Physical Conditions —price and time adjustments .... 4.2.5 Physical Conditions —report of differing ............. 4.2.3 Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities .......... 4.3 Preconstruction Conference .......................... 2.8 Preliminary Matters ..................................... 2 Premises, Use of ................................ 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract .............................. II Price -Contract —definition of ................. I Progress Payment, Applications for ................... 14.2 Progress Payment—retainage ......................... Progress schedule ............... 2.6, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, Project --definition of .................................... Project Representation —provision for ................. Project Representative. Resident —definition of ..........I Project, Starting the ................................... Property Insurance ............................... Property Insurance —Partial Utilization ............... Property Insurance —Receipt and Application 14.2 15.2.6 I 9.3 2.4 5.6-5.13 5.15 of Proceeds ................................... Protection. Safety and ...........................6.20-6.21 5.12-5.13 Punchlist ........................................... 14.11 Recommendation of Payment .................. 14.4, 14.13 Record Documents ................................... 6.19 Reference Points ...................................... Regulations, Laws and ............................... Rejecting Defective Work ............................. 4.4 6.14 9.6 Related 1Vork at Site ..............................7.1-7.3 Remedies Not Exclusive ............................. Removal or Correction of Defective Work ........... Resident Project Representative —definition of ........... 17.4 13.11 1 Resident Project Representative —provision for ........ 9.3 Responsibilities. Contractor's —in general ............... Responsibilities. Engineer's —in general ................. Responsibilities, Owner's —in general .................... Retainage............................................ 6 9 8 14.2 Reuse of Documents .................................. Rights of Way ..........................................4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and ........................... 3.5 6.12 Safety and Protection ............................ 6.20-6.21 Samples.........................................6.23-6.28 Schedule of progress ........2.6, 2.8-29, 6.6, 629. 15.2.6 Schedule of Shop Drawing submissions ...................... 2.6,2_.8-2.9.6.2_3, 14.1 Schedule of values 2_.6. 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Schedules. Finalizing ............................... . 2.9 Shop Drawings and Samples ..................... 6.23-6 28 Shop Drawings —definition of ............................ 1 Shop Drawings, use to approve substitutions ...................................... 6.7.3 I Site, Visits to —by Engineer .......................... 9.2 Specifications —definition of ............................. I Starting'Construction, Before .......: .............. 2.5-2.8 Starting the Project .................................... 2.4 Stopping Work —by Contractor ....................... 15.5 Stopping Work —by Owner ......-::........... ... 13.10 r- Subcontractodefinition of .................. .. .. I Subcontractors —in general ....................... 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts —required provisions ............5.11.1, 6.11 I .14.8 Substantial Completion —certification of .............. 14.8 Substantial Completion —definition of ........... I ........ Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items' ...............:....... 6.7 Subsurface Conditions ............................. 41-4.3 Supplemental costs .................................. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions —definition of ................ I Supplementary Conditions —principal I references to .. 2.2, 4.2, 5.1, 5.3, 5.6-5.8, 6.3, 6.13. 6.23, 7.4, 9.3 Supplementing Contract Documents ............... 3.4-3.5 Supplier definition of ................................... I Supplier —principal references to .:. 3.6. 6.5. 6.7-6.9. 6.20, 6.24, 9.13, 9.16. 11.8, 13.4, 14.12 Surety —consent to payment .................. 14.12, 14.14 Surety_Engineer has no duty to ..................... 9.13 Surety —notice to .......................... 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 Surety —qualification of ............................ 5.1-5.2 Suspending Work, by Owner .........................15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination —in general ....... I5 Superintendent —Contractor's ......................... 6.2 Supervision and Superintendence ..................6.1-6.2 Taxes —Payment by Contractor ....................... 6.15 Termination —by Contractor .......................... 15.5 Termination —by Owner .........................15.2-15.4 Termination. Suspension of Work and —in general ...... 15 Tests and Inspections .. .. 13.3-13.7 Time, Change of Contract .............................. 12 [J LI i I Time. Computation of ................................ 17.2 Time, Contract —definition of ............................ I Uncovering Work ............................... 13.3-13.9 Underground Facilities —definition of .................... I Underground Facilities —not shown or indicated ..... 4.3.2 Underground Facilities —protection of ........... 4.3.6.20 Underground Facilities —shown or indicated ......... 4.3.1 Unit -Price Work —definition of .......................... I Unit Price Work —general ................. 11.9. 14.1. 14.5 Unit Prices.......................................0.. 11.3.1 Unit Prices, Determinations for ....................... 9.10 Use of Premises.................................6.16-6.18 Utility owners .......................... 6.13. 6.20. 7.2-7.3 Values, Schedule of ......................... 2.6. 2.9. 14.1 Variations in Work —Authorized ............ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Visits to Site —by Engineer ............................ 9.2 Waiver of Claims —on Final Payment ................ 14.16 Waiver of Rights by insured parties .............5.)0. 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee —by Contractor ............. 13.1 Warranty of Title. Contractor's ....................... 14.3 Work, Access to ..................................... 13.2 Work —by others ........................................ 7 Work Continuing During Disputes ....................6.29 Work, Cost of ................................... I1.4-11.5 Work —definition of ..................................... I Work Directive Change —definition of ................... I Work Directive Change —principal references to ............................ 3.4.3. 10.1-10.2 Work. Neglected by Contractor ..................... 13.14 Work. Stopping by Contractor ........................ 15.5 Work. Stopping by Owner ....................... 15.1-15.4 Written Amendment —definition of I ...................... Written Amendment —principal references to 3.4.1. 10.1, 11.2, 12.1 ..................... I I F U I Li I I I II I H I GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS Wherever, used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify. correct or change the bidding documents o'r the Contract Documents. Agreement=The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed: other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGI- NEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or filial payments and which is to include such sup- porting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. ; Bonds —Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order=A document recommended by ENGINEER; which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and autho- rizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work. or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Documents —The Agreement. Addenda (which per- tain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post - Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds. these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more spe- cifically identified in the Agreement, together with all amend- ments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CON- TRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit :Price Work). Contract Time -The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.'-) or the date stated in the Agreement fur the completion of the Work. CONTR.-ICTOR-The person. firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard. test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Drawings —The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Con- tract Documents. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with para- graph 9.5 but which does not involve a chance in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. General Requirements —Sections of Division I of the Speci- fications. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations —Laws, rules. regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders. Notice of Award —The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC- TOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER —The public body or authority. corporation, asso- ciation. firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. Partial Utili;anion—Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole. or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Resident Project Representative —The authorized represen- tative of ENGINEER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, perfor- mance charti, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workman- ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contrabt with CONTRACTOR or with any other Sub- contractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site: Substantial Completion —The Work (ora specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGI- NEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com- pleted" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Comple- xion thereof. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Docu- iments which amends or supplements these General Condi- tions. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator. supplier.- distributor inaterialman or vendor. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables. wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facil- ities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam. liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica- tions, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work —The entire completed construction or the various sep- arately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of per- forming services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incor- porating materials and equipment into the construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Directiv? Change —A written directive to CONTRAC- TOR. issued on or alter the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed bvOWNER and recommended by ENGINEER. ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Directive Chance may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time. but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Directive Change will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in paragraph 10.2. Written Amendment —A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally deal- ing with the nonengineerine or nontechnical rather than strictly Work -related aspects of the Contract Documents. (Additions; SC -1) , ARTICLE 2 —PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con- ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably nec- essary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. (Addition; SC -2.2) Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Time will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or. if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment. In no event will the Contract Time commence to run later than the seventy-fifth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. Starting fire Project: 2A- CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. but no Work shall be dune at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. Before .Surrtinq Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each pant of the Work. CON- TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown 1 I I I I I thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarifi- cation from ENGINEER before proceeding. with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be lia- ble to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have' known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 1. 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work; I I I I I I . 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing sub- missions; and 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be con- firmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of sub- mission. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRAC- TOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to ENGINEER, certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. M 977J/A fl)1/�'e7i/'fir/S6/2 R'WV9? 0 j4b�It, fMA a%o,t //v/1i/A5/�tJc9 6/4'PP/. (5C-2.7) Preconstruction Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR starts the Work at the site, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGI- NEER and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6. to discuss procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals and for processing Applications for Payment. and tocstablish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. Finalizing Schedules: 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Appli- cation for Payment a conference attended by CONTRAC- TOR. ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with para- graph 2.6. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress or scheduling of the Work nor relieve CON- TRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for pro- cessing the submissions. The finalized schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3 —CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. AMENDING. REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereat) to be con- structed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well-known technical or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals orcodes of any technical society, organization or association. or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or. on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whetheror not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER. or any of their consultants, agents or employ- ees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGI- NEER's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duly or authority to undertake responsi- bility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. If, during the performance ofthe Work, CONTRAC- TOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification I L I I I I I I I I I from ENGINEER; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. - Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.4. The Contract Documents may be amended to pro- vide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.4.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.4.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or 3.4.3. a Work Directive Change (pursuant to para- graph 10.1). As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. 3.5. In addition. the. requirements of the Contract Docu- ments may be supplemented, and minor variations and devia- tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.5.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.5.3,: ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi- cation (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.6. Neither CONTRACTOR nor. any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or fur- nishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other docu- ments (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER; and they shall not reuse any of them on extensions, of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE' 4--AVAI LABILITY OF LANDS: PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: REFERENCE POINTS A iailabilitv.of Lands: 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents', the lands upon which the Work is to he per- formed. ri_chts-of-way and easements for access thereto. and such other lands which are designated for the use of CON- TRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or perma- nent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -way or ease- ments entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Con- tract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions: - 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prep- aration of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports, but not upon nontechnical data, interpreta- tions or opinions contained therein or forthe completeness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indi- cated in the immediately preceding sentence and in para- graph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect to subsurface conditions at the site. 4.2.2. Existing Strictures: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGI- NEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CON- TRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings, but not for the complete- ness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence and in paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full respon- sibility with respect to physical conditions in or relating to such structures. 4.2.3. Report of Differing Conditions: If CONTRAC- TOR believes that: 4.2.3.1. any technical data on which CONTRAC- TOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indi- cated, reflected or referred to in the Contract Docu- ments, CONTRACTOR shall. promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by para- graph 6.22). notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about the inaccuracy or difference. I 10 I I I 4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of obtaining additional explorations or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing(with acopy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and con- clusions. 4.2.5. Possible Document Change: If ENGINEER concludes that there is a material error in the Contract Documents or that because of newly discovered condi- • tions a change in the Contract Documents is required, a • Work Directive Change or a Change Order'will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of the inaccuracy or difference. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Time Adjustments: In each such case. an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, or any combination thereof, will be allowable to the extent that they are attributable to any such inaccuracy or difference. If OWNER'and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, a claim maybe made therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. I. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based;on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facil- 1 ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly pro- vided in theSupplementary Conditions: I I I I I I 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data: and. 4.3.1.2i CONTRACTOR shall have full responsi- bility for'reviewing and checking all such information and data.'forlocatine all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordina- tion of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities,during construction, for the safety and pro- tection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reason- ably have been expected to be aware of. CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before pertormina any Work affected thereby (except in an emer- gency as permitted by paragraph 6.22). identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give writen notice thereof to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGI- NEERwill promptly review (he Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the conse- quences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents wilt be amended orsupplemented to the extent necessary. During such time. CONTRAC- TOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Con- tract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lish reference points for construction which in ENGIN EER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for lay- ing out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such ref- erence points by professionally qualified personnel. ARTICLE 5 —BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance and Oilier Borrds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and pay- ment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and paymentof all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Docu- ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Con- tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also, furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Condi- tions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Corn - panics Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sure- ties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Com- panies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts. U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must he accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. (Addition; SC -5.1.1) 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any pan of fl I I I I I I I I I Li 'I I I I [J the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. Contractor's Liability Insurance: 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will;provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's perfor- mance.and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: (Addition; SC -5.3) 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compen- sation, disability benefits and other similar employee ben- efit acts; 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC- TOR's employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR. or (b) by any other person for any other reason; 5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself: because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 5.3!6. Claims arising out. of operation of Laws or Reg- ulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and 5.3)7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death;of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplemen- tary Conditions, or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insur- ance so 'required to be purchased and maintained for flie certificates or ocher evidence thereof) shall contain a pruvi- sion or endorsement that the coverage al)orded roll not he cancelledI materially chanced or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWN and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance si remain in effect until final payment and at all times therea: when CONTRACTOR may be correcting. removing replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13. In addition. CONTRACTOR shall maintain such comple operations insurance forat least two years after final paym and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of st insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. Contractual Liability Insurance: 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance requii by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurar applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragrav 6.30and6.31. (Addition; SC -5.4) Owner's Liability Insurance: (Replacement; Ca Y bWYv! f�! f✓a4✓61hfs/6A, ,Vl6/Ib✓hG/thG�itSd �Vi /1 WNYs'fr A/blot/N Ut '/r 4 s6AVe/M4/ /cf Are/#Y,*A/c Hg' f Wt AW{VXVG+/Wt 7vPPYP� VY✓7dAYiheNL1f PFVW t2Ws/ \rhe rn•Insurance: (Replacements; SC -5.6; SC -5.7) . Unless otherwise provided in the Supplements. Coitions. OWNER shall purchase and maintain prop/v nce upon the Work at the site to the full insurable alt o (subject to such deductible amounts as may/c pr in'tic Supplementary Conditions or require y Lay egu tions). This insurance shall include t e interes NER. CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors. NGINEE ENGlNE�Rs consultants in the Work, a of whom she ted as ins eds oradditional insured p ties. shall insur st the peril of fire and extended ybverage and sha e "all risk' insurance for physi al loss and damar ing theft, vanalism and malic' us mischief eollaps and water damage, a in the Supplementary losses and expenses arisi loss or incurred in the r property (including but engineers, architects, not covered under the tided in the Supplemer purchase and mainta-i such other rils as may be provide out risk similar p . nd shall include damage! or resulting from any insure replacement of any insure ited to fees and charges c and other professionals). i insurance or otherwise prc i, ons. CONTRACTOR sha ?p rty insurance on portion of [he \Vork storey on and oil' the s.0. or in transit w hen stic portions of the \ ork are robe include in an Application to Payment. 5.7. O\' N ER shall purchase and mainiat such hoilerant madiiner insur:mee or additional property it tlrance as nla* be regv red by the Supplementary Condition, or Laws ant Rceul lions which will include the interests y OWNER Co VltZ \C'rOR, Subcontractors. ENGINE. -R ANf F GIN EF R's consultants in the Work, all of yvhor shall bi sited as insured or additional insured parties. i I (Replacement; SC -5.8) All [he policies of insurance (or the certificates iw such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor. other evc� thereof) required to be purchased main- CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. tamed by OW1 in accordance with graphs 5.6 and (Replacements; 5.7 will contain a prov or en merit that the coverage afforded will not be canc aterially changed or renewal Receipt and Application of Proceeds: $C-5.12; SC -S. 13; refused until ai t in days'SC-5.14) y y pn tten noticehasbeen 2. Any insured loss under the policies of insura ce given t TRACTOR by certified mat d will contain requi d by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjuste with ver provisions in accordance with paragraph . 2. OWNE and made payable to OWNER as truste or the insureds, theirinterests may appear, subject tot a require - ;5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and ments of an pplicable mortgage clause and f paragraph maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests 5.13. OWNER all deposit in a separate ace nt any money of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to so received, and all distribute it in acc dance with such • the extent of any deductible amounts that are provided in the agreement as the pa ies in interest m reach. If no other • Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the special agreement is r ched the d. aged Work shall be deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR. Sub- repaired or replaced. th money so received applied on • contractoror account thereof and the\Vo -a d the cost thereof covered wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such by an appropriate Change Or or Written Amendment. I. amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchas- er's own expense. 5.13. OWNER as tru ce shall ve power to adjust and (Replacement; SC 5.10) settle any loss with th insurers unles one of the parties in 10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that r interest shall object n writing within 6 'en days after the speaa ranee be included in the property i nee pot- occurrence of los to OIVNER's exercise f this power. If icy, OWNER . if possible, include insurance, and such objection made. OWNER as trustee all make set - the cost thereof will b rged t t TRACTOR by appro• Clement with a insurers in accordance with suc agreement priate Change OWn mendment. Prior to corn- as the part' sin interest may reach. If required in 'zing by mencement of th rk at the site. ER shall in writing any pa in interest. OWNER as trustee shall, u n the advise C ACTOR whether or not sucn er insurance occu rice of an insured loss-, give bond for the proper er- h een procured by OWNER. for ance of such duties. I. Waiver of Rights,: Acceptance of Insurance: .5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights . 4. If OWNER has any objection to thecoverage against each other for all losses and damages caused by by or her provisions of the insurance required to be ur- any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance chased a d maintained by CONTRACTOR in acc dance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any with paragr, hs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not mplying ' - other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also with the Cont ct Documents. OWNER shall otify CON - waive all such rights against the Subcontractors. ENGI- TRACTOR in w ing thereof within ten day of the date of NEER, ENGINEER's consultants and all other parties delivery of such ce ficates to OWNER i accordance with named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages paragraph 2.7. If CO i TRACTOR has y objection to the •, so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcon- coverage afforded by or Cher provi ons of the policies of tract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will insurance required to be pure ased, d maintained by OWNER contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in in accordance with paragrap .6 and 5.7 on the basis of favorofOWNER.CONTRACTOR.ENGINEER.ENGI- their not complying with th/ ntract Documents. CON- NEER'sconsultants and all other parties named as insureds. TRACTOR shall notify Olg4ERin 'riling thereof within ten None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that days of the date/ordce cry of such certificates to CON- . . any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of TRACTOR in accwith paragrap 2.7. OWNER and insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise pay- CONTRACTOR h provide to thether such addi- able under arty policy so issued. [tonal information in respect of insurance pro ided by each as the other y reasonably request. Failure by WNER or 5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that any CONTRA OR to give any such notice of objecti within policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 the ❑me rovided shall constitute acceptance of such sur- shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary ante rchased by the other as complying with the Cunt . et coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils Du menu. covered thereby. Accordinuly. all such policies shall cun- lam provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of Partial L'riii:atinu-1'ropern• lusurnnce: recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a additional insureds, and. if the insurers require separate portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Cumple- waiver forms! to he signed by ENGINEER or ENGI- nun of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accom- NEER's consultant OWNER will obtain the same, and if plished in accordance with paragraph 14.10:. provided that no 13 I I 11 El I such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces- sitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insur- ance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1. :CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Doc- umentsJ CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, 'methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, method, technique. sequence or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract' Documents. - 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall notlbe replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except underextraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CON- TRACTOR. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Afl [creels and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and per- form construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Sat- urday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's writ- ten consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 1 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools. appliances, fuel. power. light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities. temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessarv'for the furnishing, performance, testing. start-up and completion of the Work. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good qualit' and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Doc uments. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shal furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of requires tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment All materials and equipment shall be applied. installed, con nected. erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordanct with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except ac otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: but no pro vision of any such instructions will be effective to assign tc ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's consultants, agents of employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or author- ity to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. Adjusting Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjust- ments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments: these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. Substitutes or "Or -Equal" items: 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the naming of the item is intended to establish the type. function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by ENGI- NEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CON- TRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall make writ- ten application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform ade- quately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, he similar and of equal substance to that specified and he suited to the same use as that spec- ified. the application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTORachievement of Substantial Comple- tion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents for in the provisions of any other direct contract with O\VNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or I 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I1 I royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenahce, repair and replacement service will be indi- cated. The application will also contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow ENGINEER to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by ENGINEER and as may be supplemented in the Gen- eral Requirements. 6.7.3. ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. ENGI- NEER will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evi- denced by, either.a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to fur- nish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, CON- TRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants for evaluat- ing each proposed substitute. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Sup'plieror other person ororganization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indi- cated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substi- tute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors. Suppliers or other per- sons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment) to be sub- mitted to O\VNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supple- mentary Conditions. OWNER's or ENGINEER's accept- ance (either in writing or by failing to make written objec- tion thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objec- tion in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection afterdue investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference in the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGI- NEER to reject defective Work. 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcon- tractors. Suppliers and other persons and organizations per- forming or furnishing any of the Work under, a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRAC- TOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omis- sions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due'any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- TRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- contractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which spe- cifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under pol- icies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Parent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and roy- alties and assume all costs incident to the use in the perfor- mance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of. patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents fur use in the pertor- mance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge ofOWNER 15 I I I I I I I I Li I I [] I J I I I orENGINEER IN EER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hdld harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneysfees and court and arbitration costs) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device hot specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- struction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CON- TRACTOR. when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work. which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. or if there are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for con- nections to the Work. and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Laws artd Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to fur- nishing and performance of the Work. Except where oth- erwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regu- lations. neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be respon- siblefor monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifi- cations or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary chances will be authorized by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.4. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's pri- mary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such Laws and Regulations. Taxes: 6.15. 'CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales. consumer. use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CON TRAC- TOR in :accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the perfo mance of the Work. Use of Premises: - 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equil ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the ope ations of workers to the Project site and land and areas idea tified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and oth, land and areas permitted byLaws and Regulations, right of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonab: encumber the premises with construction equipment or otht materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume fu responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or t the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas Conti; uous thereto, resulting from the performance of the \Vori Should any claim be made against OWNER or ENGINEE by any such owner or occupant because of the performanc of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to sett: with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve it. claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to it. fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations. indemnif and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from and again: all claims, damages. losses and expenses (including, but fl( limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and otht professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directl' indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equ table, brought by any such other party against OWNER c ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out c CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work. CONTRACTO. shall keep the premises free from accumulations of vast materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the \Vor1 At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remov all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about th premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equif ment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leav the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CON TRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property nc designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any par of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endange the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part c the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures tha will endanger it. Record 0oeu,nenes: 6.19- CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place a the site one record copy ul all Dr:nvines, Specifications Addenda. Written Amendments. Ch:mee Orders, \Vor Directive Changes, Field Orders and written interpretation and clarifications tissued pursuant to paragraph 9.41 in coot order and annotated to show all chances made during con struction. These record documents together with all approve, samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawing will be available to ENGINEER for reference. L'pon cum ' 16 I I I I L I L El I I I 1] I I Li I Li pletion of the Work. these'record documents, samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. ' all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including frees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, road- ways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the pro- tection, removal, relocation and replacement of their prop- erty. All damage. injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.2_0.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in;part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor. Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work oranyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to: the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and riot attributable, directly or indi- rectly, in whole or in part. to the fault or negligence of CON- TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection. of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accord- ance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substan- lial Completion). 6._21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible rep- resentative at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superin- tendent unless• otherwise designated in writing by CON- TRACTOR to OWNER. Emergencies 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site oradjacent thereto. CONTRACTOR. without special instruction or authorization from ENGINEER or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGI- NEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Directive Change or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. (Addition; Shop Drawings and Samples: SC -6.23) 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submissions (see para- graph 2.9), or for other appropriate action if so indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, five copies (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements) of all Shop Drawings, which will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsi- bilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the submission. All submissions will be identified as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to enable ENGINEER to review the infor- mation as required. 6.24. CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER for review and approval with such promptness as to cause no delay in Work. all samples required by the Contract Doc- uments. All samples will have been checked by and accom- panied by a specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsibilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the sub- mission and will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended. 6.25.1. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and veri- fied all quantities, dimensions, specified performance cri- teria. installation requirements. materials. catalog num- bers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Df:RwinQs and samples and with the requirements of the Work and (he Contract Documents. 6._25 2. At the time of each submission. CONTRAC- TOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and. in addition, shall cause a specific notationto be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to ENGINEER for review and, approval of each such variation. 6.26: ENGINEER will review and approve with reason- able promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but ENGI- NEER's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences orprocedures of construction (except where a specific means. method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the ContractDocuments) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CON- TRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER. and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw- ings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.2 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such varia- tion byja specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or sample approval: nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Draw- ings or from responsibility for having complied with the pro- visions'of paragraph 6.2_5.1. 6.28.. Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Specifications. any related Work performed prior to ENGI- NEER's review and approval of the pertinent submission will be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.29. ' CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the phogress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements. except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. Indemnircation: 6.30.: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regu- lations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and their consultants. agents and employees from and against all claims. damages. losses and expenses. direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) aris- ing out of or resulting from the performance of the Work. provided that any such claim. damage. loss or expense (a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness. disease or death. or t injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than IF Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom an (b) is caused in whole or in part by any, negligent act c omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor. any perso or organization directly or i ndirect ly employed by any of thei to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for who acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or m it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arise by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of th negligence of any such party. 6.31. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENG NEER or any of their consultants, agents or employees b any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, an person or organization directly or indirectly employed by an of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone fc whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnificatio obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be limited in an way by any limitation on the amount or type of damage! compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTO. or any such Subcontractor or other person or organizatio under workers' or workmen's compensation acts. disabilit benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.32. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under par. graph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEEF ENGINEER's consultants, agents or employees arising oL of the preparation or approval of maps. drawings, opinions reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications. ARTICLE 7 —OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Pro ect at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other wor performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts therefo which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. I the fact that such other work is to be performed was not notes in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will b given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such othe work; and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such perfor mance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR o requires additional time and the parties are unable to acre as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a clair therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner an other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract to OWNER, if OWN ER is performing the additional stork wit OWN ER's employees) proper and safe access to the site an a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage c materials and equipment and the execution of such work, ant shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting. fitting and patching o the Work that may be required to make its several parts corn! together properly and integrate with such other work. CON IV I I I I I b I I I I I I I I I I TRACTOR shall not endangerany work of others by cutting, excavating.or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility owner (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays; defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integra- tion with CONTRACTOR'S Work except for latent or non - apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the perfor- mance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime con- tractors will be identified in (he Supplementary Conditions. and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such author- ity and responsibilities will be provided. in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall have any authority orresponsibility in respect of such coordination. (Addition; SC -7.5) ARTICLE 8 —OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. OWNER shall issue all communications to CON- TRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In ease of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER. OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose sta- tus under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER! Any dispute in connection with such appoint- ment shall be: subject to arbitration. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- ments CO CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and casements and providing enaineering surveys to estahli,h reference points arc set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Para- graph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making avail- able to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing struc- tures which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. �/��d�iflt��/li`�iid�/t�dtl'drblStirr�sfi��rbdde/�d 6vlAdr�d hbdq�ra�1�666/Kd��M��r (SC -8.5) 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work. see paragraphs13.l0and li.I.Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- TRACTOR under certain circumstances. ARTICLE 9 —ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Owner's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative dur- ing the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as O\VNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Con- tract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to deter- mine. in general. if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and'on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design profes- sional. ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the prog- ress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Project Representation: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree. ENGINEER will liirnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in ohservine the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will he as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's agent or employee, the duties. responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will he as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 19 I I I I I Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of'the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings orotherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II or Article 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER, and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly: If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agreeas to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Woik which ENGINEER believes to be defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In, connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples. see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. 9.8. Im connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10. II and 12. 9.9. In.connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CON- TRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen- dation of ah Application for Payment or otherwise). LNGI- NEER's written decisions thereon will be final and bindine upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CON- TRACTOR delivers to the other party to (he Agreement and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. ' Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles II and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. which ENGINEER will render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but'in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show par- tiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- ment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter. Limitations on ENGINEER's Responsibilities: 9.13. Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Sub- contractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to any- surety for any of them. 9.14. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms' as ordered'. "as directed'. "as required", 'as allowed "as approved'' or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable". "suitable''. "acceptable.. ''proper.' or "satisfactory'' or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or iudument of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will he solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Docu- ments (unless there is a specific statement indicating other- wise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be 20 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise ordirect the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. 9.15. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CON- TRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or pro- cedures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro- grams incident thereto, and ENGINEER will not be respon- sible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.16. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor. any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work: these will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, ora Work Directive Chance. Upon receipt of any such document. CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a'Work Directive Change, a claim (nay be made therefor as provided in Article II or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended. modified and supple- mented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and except in the case of uncovering Work as provided in para- graph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro- priate Change Orders (or Written Amendments) covering: (ADDITION; sC-10.4) 10.4.1. changes in the Work which :ve ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1. are required because of acceptance of drli,rrire Work tinder paragraph 13.13 or correcting detective Work under paragraph 13.14. or are agreed to h' the parties: 10.4.2 chances in the Contract Price or Contract lime which arc agreed to by the parties: and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision ren- dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11: provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order. an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal. CON- TRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the prog- ress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. 11 notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to. Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRAC- TOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE II —CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE II.!. The Contract Price constitutes the total compen- sation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- TRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibil- ities and obligations assicncd to or undertaken by CON- TRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.3. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct. indirect and con- sequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accor- dance with paragraph 9.1 I if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will he valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragruph 11.2. 11.3. The value otany Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the Hollowing ways: 11.3.1. Where the Work invul wed is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1. through 11.9.3. inclusive. 21 I 1 11.3.2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2.1). 11.3.3. On the basis of the Cost of the Work (deter - I. mined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's Fee for overhead and profit (deter- mined as provided in paragraphs 11.6 and 11.7). Cost of the Work: I .! I I I I U I _I I L I 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the prober performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 114.1. Payroll casts for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall . include, but not be limited to. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions. unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or workmen's- compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and hol- iday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Satur- day, Sunday or legal holidays. shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of trans- portation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services requited in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments. in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CON- TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cwt of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRAC- TOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofa as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but no limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories. stir veyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for service specifically related to the Work. - 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transporta tion. travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties con netted with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and main tenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment. machin ery. appliances, office and temporary facilities at tht site and hand tools not owned by the workers, whicf are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cos less market value of such items used but not consumec which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment anc machinery and the parts thereof whether rented frorr CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with renta. agreements approved by OWNER with the advice o: ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading. unloading, installation, dismantling and remova: thereof —all in accordance with terms of said renta! agreements: the rental of any such equipment, machin- ery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor or any- one directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance orothervise, to the Work orotherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with (he performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages, within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9). pro- vided they -have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses. damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work fur the purpose of determining CONTRAC- TOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage I I. I I I t I I I I U I [1 I ,tI I requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof. CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11:4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums for property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by - OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5;9. 11.5: - The term Cost of the \York shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1.; Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- TRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partner- ship and' sole proprietorships), general managers. engi- neers, architects. estimators, attorneys, auditors, accoun- tants, purchasing and contracting agents. expeditors. -timekeepers. clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRAC- TOR's principal or a branch office for general administra- tion of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in para- graph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4 — all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's Fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. I 11.5.3. i Any part ofCONTRACTOR's capital expenses. including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent, payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (exc. pt for the cost of premiums covered by sub- paragraph I 1.4.5.9 above). 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of (hem or for whose acts any of them may be liable. including but not limited to. [he correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wronely supplied and making good any damage to prop- erty. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind ❑rid the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. CONTRACTOR's Fee: 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRAC- TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon. 11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the \York: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.3.2. the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3. the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be five percent: and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent: 11.6.2.3. no fee shall bepayable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4. 11.4.5 and 11.5: 11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRAC- TOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease: and 11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in any one chance, the adjustment in CON- TRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net chance in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 116.2.4. inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant. to paragraph 11.4 or 11.5. CONTRACTOR will submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.3. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ENGI- NEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CON- TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of mate- rials and equipment required bythe allowances tobedeliv- ered at the site. and all applicable taxes: and 118.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor. installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the 1 23 i 1 1 1 I 1 i I. I 1 H I. I 1 allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspond- ingly adjusted. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit;prices foreach separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indi- cated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quan- tities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accor- dance with Paragraph 9.10. If,9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each sep- arately identified item. 1 , .3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work p ormed by CONTRACTOR differs mat ally and sicnifica v from the estimated quantity ugh item indicated in the cement and there is corresponding adjustment with respe to any of tern of Work and if CONTRACTOR believe at CONTRACTOR has incurred additional e .- nse a a result thereof. CON- TRACTOR ma ake a claim for a ncrease in the Con- tract'Pric accordance with Article I the parties are Un to agree as to the amount of any suc - crease. (Replacement; SC -11.9.3) ARTICLE 12 —CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an extension or shortening of the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGIN EER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of [he event giving rise to the claim :Ind staling the general nature ut the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be dcliv- cred within sixty days atier such occurrence (unless ENG1- NE ER allows an additional period of time to ascertain murc accurate data in support of the claim) and shall he accom- panied by the claimant's written statement that the adius[- ment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence o1said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract lime 24 shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with par graph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwi: agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time w be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requiremen of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. The Contract Time will be extended in an amoui equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CO? TRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided, in pan graph 12.1. Such delays shall include, but not be limited tt acts or neglect by O\VNER or others performing addition: work as contemplated by Article 7, or to fires. floods. labc disputes, epidemics. abnormal weather conditions or acts c God. 12.3. All time limits stated in the Contract Document are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of IN Article 12 shall not,exclude recovery for damages lincludin but not limited to fees and charges of engineers.architect attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitratio costs) for delay by either party. ARTICLE 13 —WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION. REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 1Iarratn• and Guarantee: 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees tr OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accor dance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective Prompt notice of all detects shall be given to CONTRAC TOR. All defective \York, whether or not in place. may bt rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13 Access to Rork: 13.2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER's representatives, other representatives of OWNER. testing agencies and gov- ernmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. Tests and Inspections 13.3. CONTRACTORshallgive ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections. [cots of approvals. 13.4. It Laws or RcLulatiuns of any Public body hacin^_ jurisdiction require any Work Ior pan thereon[ to .pccihcall+ he inspected, tested or approved. CON IRACIOR .hall nssuine lull responsibility t heretur. pay all costs in connection Ihercwith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of in.pect ion, testing or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also 1A I I I I `1 I I I. I. 1 1 1 1 1 1 I be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspection or testing required in connection with OWN - ER's or ENGINEER's acceptance of a Supplier of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials or equipment submitted for approval prior to CON- TRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. The cost ofIall inspections, tests and approvals in addition to the above which are required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by OWNER (unless otherwise specified), lR plcm}' SC -j 3.5) 13.5. ,Ati�'ifif�dcf1 7ddsa4fyJ} �lj(}'% '[y'/ �� ll� q'irfr /cyhlaWddr/I1de111'aMtl f/atnbYi y� d f tub 56i€tMd,� MVUd4.iv(UnfdeWi/t,/d �`7' AWe/ff/edt 13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected. tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI- NEER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's inten- tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice, 13.7. Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspec- tions, tests or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRAC- TOR from CONTRACTOR's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Uncovering )York: 13.8. Ifany Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER. it must, if requested by ENGINEER. be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary oradvisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others. CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or• otherwise make available for observation. inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor. material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective; CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct. indirect and• consequential costs of such uncoverine, expo- sure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. (including but not limited to fees and charges of eneineerst architects. attorneys and other professionals). and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. and, if the parties arc unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make aclaim therefor as provided in Article II. If. however, such Work is nor found to be defective. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time. or both. directly attributable to such uncovering. exposure, observation.'. inspection. testing and reconstruction: and. if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- vided in Articles II and 12. Owner May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. 25 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11.. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work. whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. or. if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER. remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects, attorneys and other profes- sionals) made necessary thereby. Otte Year Correction Period: 13.12. If within one year after [he date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any appli- cable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective WVork, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with nundefectire Work. If CONTRACTOR does riot promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work cor- rected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specilicauons or by Written Amendment. acceptance of Urfictive II'ork: 13. 13. If. instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of dele(titc Work. OWNER land, prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment. also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it.O\VNER may doss. CON- TRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential I I I I I I I U I costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determi- nation to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attor- neys andother professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment,.a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revi- sions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER AIay Correct Defective Work: 13.14., If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of ENGINEER to proceed to correct and to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as:required by ENGINEER in accordance with para- graph 13:11. or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CON- TRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract: Documents. OWNER may, after seven days' writ- ten notice to CONTRACTOR-, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work. and suspend CON- TRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials ;and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER. OWNER's represen- tatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and con- sequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved'as to reasonableness by ENGINEER, and a Chance Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. and. if the parties are unable to acree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II. Such direct, indirect and consequen- tial costs will include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers- architects, attorneys and other profcssionals. all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CON"FRACfOlt's defective Work. CON -1 RACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per- formance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWN ER's rights and remedies hereunder. ' ARTICLE 14 —PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND CO1\IPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Pay- ment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before each progresspayment is scheduled (but not more often than once a month). CON- TRACTOR shalt submit to ENGINEER for review an Appli- cation for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing. the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWN ER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens. charges. security interests and encumbrances (which are hereinafter in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens") and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be sat- isfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Warrarty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Appli- cation for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment; either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi- cating in.writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to rec- ommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Applica- tion. Ten days after presentation ut the Application for Pay- ment with ENGINEER's recommendation. the amount rec- ommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.71 become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute 26 I EEl U I I I I Li I D I I I n I representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGI- NEER's do -site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGI- NEER's teview of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that the Work has pro- gressed td the point indicated: that, to the best of ENGI- NEER's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to orupon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifi- cations stated in the recommendation); and that CONTRAC- TOR is edtitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaus- tive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC- TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14,6. ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by ENGINEER to OWNER that the conditions precedent to -CONTRAC- TOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if: in ENGINEER's opinion. it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such pay- ment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to Such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1'. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. i 14.7.2: the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- ten Amehdment or Change Order, 14.7.3: OWNER has been required to correct defec- tive Work orcomplete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. of ENGINEER's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15 2.9 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's per- formance or:turnishine of the Work or Liens have been l fled in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended. but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14,8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGI- NEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER. CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection. of the Work to deter- mine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not con- sider the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a- tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or cor- rected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objec- tions. ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substan- tially complete. ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections. ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be com- pleted orcorrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consider- ation of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery, of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGI- NEER will deliverto OWNER and CONTRACTORa written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion. ENGINEER's afore- said recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CON- TRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CON- TRACTOR loin the )Work alter the dote of Substantial Com- pletion. but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWN ER of any linished part of the Work, which has speciticaity been identified in the Contract Ducu- 1 27 I I I I 1] I I I I I I] Li ments. Or which OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRAC- TOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and useable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER without sig- nificant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the follow- ing: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CON- TRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CON- TRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGI- NEER inwritingthat CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- icate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER. CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspec- tion of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete. ENGINEER will • notifv'OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the • Work to be substantially complete. the provisions of para- graphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substahtially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time there- after OWNER. CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writ- ing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER. ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security. operation. safety. maintenance. utilities, insur- ance. warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CON- TRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writ- ing and so informed ENGINEER). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of tIle WVork. OWNER shall allow CONI'RAC FOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGI- NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON- TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi- ciencies. Final Application for Paynrentr 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor- rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran- tees. Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other docu- ments —all as required by the Contract Documents, and after ENGINEER has indicated that the Work is acceptable (sub- ject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16). CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the pro- cedure for progress payments. The final Application for Pay- ment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, together with complete and legally effective releases or Waivers Isatisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as approved by OWNER. CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full: an affidavit of CON- TRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor. services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be respon- sible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full. CON- TRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfac- tory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If. on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection. and ENGIN EER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompany i ng docu men cuion—all as required by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. ENGI- NEER will, within ten Jays after receipt of the final Appli- cation for Payment. indicate in writing ENGINEER's rec- ommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give wnnen notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that (he Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16. 1 28 I I Li ii I! Li L.e I Otherwise; ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- TRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Appli- cation. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying docutnentation,-in appropri- ate form and substance, and with ENGINEER's recommen- dation and Notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final com- pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGI- NEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CON- TRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommen- dation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agree- ment, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agree- ment, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in para- graph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully com- pleted and 'accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions gov- erning final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Contractor's Continuing Obligation: 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and com- plete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER, nor the issuance of a cer- tificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use.or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paracraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will con- stitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- gation Co perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14.16). Waiver of Clhims: 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: ' 14.16.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR. except claims.arisine from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing alter find inspec- tion pursuant (0 paragraph 14.1 I or from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantee. specified therein: however, it will not consti- tute a waiver by OWN ER of any rights in respect of CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Con- tract Documents: and 14.16.?. a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writ- ing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 —SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TER.\IINATION Owner May Suspend Work: 15.1. OWNER may. at any time and without cause, sus- pend,the Work or any portion thereof fora period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both. directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Owner May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter.of the Bankruptcy Code Title I1. United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CON- TRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seekine any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 15.2.4. if a trustee. receiver, custodian or agent of CONTR:\CTOIZ is appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CON TRACTOR is for the purpose of en ford ng a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such properp for the henciit of CONTRACTOR's creditors: 15._.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inabil- ity to pay its debts generally as they become due: 15.2.6. ilCONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance wilh the Contract Documents 29 I I I I I 1 I I I (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); 15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regu- lations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15..2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Docu- ments; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety. if therelbe one) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance bf the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attor- neys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance. CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER and incor- porated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights orremedies underthis paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain. the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been terminated by OWNER. the termination will not affect at rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR tht existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER w not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRA( TOR and ENGINEER. OWNER may, without cause ar without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abar don the Work and terminate the Agreement. In such cast CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and an expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses. w'hic will include, but not be limited to. direct, indirect and cor sequential costs (including, but not limited to. fees and charge of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professional and court and arbitration costs). Contractor May Stop IYork or Terminate: 15.5. If. through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR. th Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days b OWNER or under an orderof court or other public authority or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Paymen within thirty days after it is submitted, or. OWNER fails to thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally deter mined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon sever days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER. terminaa the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for al Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonabl< termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Appli cation for Payment or OWNER has failed to make any pay ment as aforesaid. CONTRACTOR may upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.29 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. [The remainder ofthis page was left blank intentionally.) F 30 I CI I I L I l i F I I I I ARTICLE 16 —ARBITRATION 16.1. All claims, disputes andother matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of. or relating to the Contract• Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.16) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Con- struction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbi- tration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accor- dance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifi- cally enforceable underthe prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. . 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter,that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of(a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a decision or (b) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has hot been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period shall result in!ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitra- tion of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered writ- ten notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limi- tations. 16.4. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Con- tract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER. ENGINEER's agents, employees or consul- tants) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration. 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings. and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph: but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having juris- diction thereof, and will not be subject to modification or appeal except to the extent permitted by Sections 10 and II of the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 10.11). [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.) I 31 I I I I I I I I I I ARTICLE 117 -MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Docu- ments requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the indi- vidual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days. it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction. such day will be omitted from the computa- tion. 17.2.2.1 A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. General: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage td person or property because of any error. omis- sion or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the pro- visions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these Gen- eral Conditions and the rights and remedies available here- under to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30. 13.1, 13.12. 13.14. 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of. any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty. oblica- tion, right and remedy to which they apply. All representa- tions. warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Doc- uments will survive final payment and termination or com- pletion of the Agreement. r 33 I TABLE OF CONTENTS OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1 Page SC -1 Definitions and Abbreviations ............................ SC -1 SC -2 Preliminary Matters .......... SC -2 SC -5 Bonds and Insurance ... ......... ... SC -3 SC -6 ' Contractor's Responsibilities SC -6 1 SC -7 Other Work ................................................ SC -6 SC -8 Owner's Responsibilities ................ SC -7 SC -11 Change of Contract Price SC -7 SC -13 Warranty and Guarantee; Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...... SC -7 I r I I I I I 1 1 SC-i 1• Supplementary Conditions SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1983 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are: not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. SC -1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS Whenever the words herein defined, or pronouns used in their stead, occur in this Contract and Documents, they shall have and are mutually understood to ' have the meaning herein given: The word"OWNER" shall mean the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, acting through its duly authorized representatives. The words "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of Fayetteville, Arkansas, the duly elected or appointed governing body of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. The words "Mayor" and "City Clerk" shall mean, respectively, the Mayor and ' City Clerk of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. The words "City Attorney" shall mean the City Attorney for the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. The word "ENGINEER" shall mean the engineering firm of McGoodwin, Williams and Yates., Inc., Consulting Engineers, who has been employed by the City of ' Fayetteville, Arkansas for this Work or their duly authorized agent. The words "Resident Engineer" shall mean the ENGINEER'S duly authorized inspector. who shall represent the ENGINEER in the daily inspection of the Work. The word "Inspector" shall mean the engineering or technical inspector or inspectors duly authorized by the ENGINEER, limiting to the particular duties entrusted to him or them. The word "surety" or "sureties" shall mean the bondsmen or party or parties who have made sure the fulfillments of the Contract by Bonds, and whose signatures are attached to said Bonds. The word "Advertisement" shall mean all, the legal publications pertaining to the Work of this Contract. 'The word "Plans" shall mean, collectively, all of the Drawings pertaining to the Contract and made a part thereof, and also such Supplementary Drawings as the ENGINEER may issue from time to time in order to clarify the Drawings, or for the purpose of showing changes in the Work as authorized under the section "Modifications and Alterations," or for showing details which are not • shown thereon. SC -1 Supplementary Conditions The term "grade" used in these Specifications is understood to refer to and indicate the established elevations of the paving, flow line of sewers or other appurtenances as shown on the Plans on file in the office of the official designated in the "Advertisement for Bids." Whenever the following abbreviations are used, they shall have the meanings given below: AASHTO - American Association of State Highway Officials ACI - American Concrete Institute AGA - American Gas Association AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI - American National Standards Institute APA - American Plywood Association ASA - American Standards Association ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials AWG - American Wire Gauge AWPA - American Wood Products Association AWS - American Welding Society AWWA - American Water Works Association GSA - General Services Administration, U. S. Government NBHA - National Builders Hardware Association NEC - National Electrical Code NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA - National Fire Protection Association NPT - National Pipe Thread SBC - Standard Building Code SPA - Southern Products Association UL - Underwriters' Laboratories A - ampere cfm - cubic feet per minute CGMP - corrugated galvanized metal pipe DIP - ductile iron pipe gpm - gallons per minute Hp - horsepower MGD - million gallons per day N.C. - normally closed N.O. - normally open ppm - parts per million psi - pounds per square inch PVC - polyvinyl chloride (pipe) R - motor starter relay RCP - reinforced concrete pipe rpm - revolutions per minute T.D. - time delay TDH - total dynamic head V - volt SC -2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC -2.2 Copies of Contract. Not less than six copies of the bound volumes SC -2 , iSupplementary Conditions of the proposal, Contract and.stipulations.shall be prepared, each containing an exact: copy of the CONTRACTOR'S ,.-.'s`- proposal"a's submitted, the Bond or Bonds ' properlyexecuted and Contracts signed by both parties thereto. However, the CONTRACTOR and the surety executing the Bond shall not date the Contract or the Bond upon submission for execution by the OWNER. These documents will be • dated the date the OWNER executes the Contract. SC -2.7 iFurnishing of Insurance Data. Amend paragraph 2.7 of the General Conditions by striking "and OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR certificate insurance requested by CONTRACTOR) which OWNER is maintain:in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7." SC -5 BONDS AND. INSURANCE the first sentence of out the following words: s (and other evidence of required to purchase and 5.1.1 Resident Agent. The Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds as: provided for by Article 5 of the General Conditions executed by a resident• local agent who is licensed by the Arkansas State Insurance Commissioner to represent the surety company executing said bonds, and filing with. such bonds his power -of -attorney. The mere countersigning of the bonds by a resident agent will not be sufficient. No employers' liability, public liability or workmen's collective insurance policy shall be written in any ' casualty company not authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas. These policies shall likewise be issued by a resident local, agent licensed by the Insurance Commission of the State of Arkansas. SC -5.3 Contractor's Liability Insurance. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage 'for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by ' Laws and 'Regulations: 5.3.1 and 5.3.2 Workers' Compensation, etc. under paragraphs 5.3.1 and 5.3.2 of the General Conditions: 1) State: Statutory 2) Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory 3) Employer's Liability: $ 100,000 Each Occurrence 5.3.3, 5.3.4, 5.3.5 and 5.3.6 Comprehensive General Liability (under paragraphs 5.3.3 through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions): 1) Bodily Injury (including completed operations and products liability): $ 500,000 Each Occurrence I. $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate Property Damage: ' $ 200,000 Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Annual Aggregate or a combined single limit -of $1,000,000. SC -3 Supplementary Conditions 2) Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages where applicable. 3) Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence ' $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate or a combined single limit of $1,000,000. 5.3.7 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Bodily Injury: ' $ 500,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence ' Property Damage: $ 200,000 Each Occurrence L or a combined single limit of $1,000,000. SC -5.4 Contractual Liability Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence Property Damage: $ 200,000 Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Annual Aggregate SC -5.5 OWNER'S Liability Insurance. Delete paragraph 5.5 of the General ' Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 5.5 OWNER'S and ENGINEER'S Contingent Protective Liability , Insurance. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER from and against all losses and claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, recoveries and judgments of every nature and description brought or recovered against them by reason of any omission or act of the CONTRACTOR, his agent or employees in the execution of the Work or in the guarding of it. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain in the name of the OWNER and ENGINEER (either as co-insured or by endorsement), and shall maintain and pay the premiums for such insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for property damage and bodily injury limits, and and with such provisions as will protect the OWNER and ENGINEER from contingent liability under this Contract. ' SC -5.6 Property Insurance. Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: SC -4 ' I Supplementary Conditions Li I I I Li I I I 5..6 Property Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain until final payment property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S consultants in the Work (all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall insure, against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse, flood, and, water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses andexpenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this paragraph 5.6 and will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or ,renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11.2. SC -5.7 Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: ' SC -5.8 I 5.7 Other Insurance. The CONTRACTOR is to protect the OWNER against all loss during the course of the Contract. If, due •to the nature of the Project, insurance coverage other than that specified is needed by the CONTRACTOR to protect the OWNER against all losses, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for determining the type of insurance needed and purchasing same. Each insurance certificate and/or policy shall contain a clause providing that it shall not be canceled by the insurance company without thirty (30) days written notice tc the OWNER of intention to cancel. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to maintain insurance as set out and to furnish current certificates and/or policies. Delete paragraph 5.8 of the General Conditions in its entirety. I SC -5 Supplementary Conditions SC -5.10 Delete paragraph 5.10 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC -5.12 Receipt and Application of Proceeds. Delete paragraph 5.12 of the , General Conditions in its entirety. SC -5.13 Delete paragraph 5.13 of the General Conditions in its entirety. ' SC -5.14 Acceptance of Insurance. Delete paragraph 5.14 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC -6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC -6.23 Shop Drawings and Samples. Add the following language at the end of the first sentence of paragraph 6.23 of the General Conditions: "The Shop Drawing Review by the ENGINEER is for general compliance with the Contract Documents. No responsibility is assumed by the ENGINEER for correctness of dimensions or details." SC -7 OTHER WORK SC -7.5 Separate CONTRACTOR Claim. Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.4 of the General Conditions which shall read as follows: SC -7.5. Should CONTRACTOR cause damage to the Work or , property of any separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work at the site be made by any separate contractor against CONTRACTOR, OWNER or ENGINEER, or any other person, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and- arbitration costs) arising ' directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any separate contractor against OWNER or ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. Should a separate contractor cause damage to the Work or property of CONTRACTOR or should the performance of Work by any separate contractor at the site give rise to any other claim, CONTRACTOR shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against OWNER or ENGINEER or permit any action against any of them to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or to recover damages from OWNER or ENGINEER on account of any such damage or claim. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing Work by any act or neglect of a separate contractor and OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as r SC -6 ' ' Supplementary Conditions ' to the extent of any adjustment in Contract Time attributable thereto, CONTRACTOR'`may«make a claim for an ' Extension of Time in accordance with Article 12. An Extension of the Contract Time shall be CONTRACTOR'S exclusive remedy with respect to OWNER and ENGINEER for any delay, disruption, interference or hindrance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph does not prevent recovery from OWNER or ENGINEER for activities that are their respective responsibilities. SC -8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ' SC -8.5 Delete paragraph 8.5 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC -11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ' SC -11.9.3 Unit Price Work. Paragraph 11.9.3 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 11.9.3.1 if the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 25 percent or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 11.9.3.2 if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and ' 11.9.3.3 ,,if CONTRACTOR believes that it has incurred additional expense as a result thereof; and 11.9.3.4 if OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles it to an adjustment in the unit price, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the ' Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. ' SC -13 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK '• SC -13.5 Tests and Inspections. Paragraph 13.5 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. SC -7 Section 100 Project Requirements TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ——------------------ WATER AND SEWER RELOCATION Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) ' AHTD Job 40042 Plans No. Fy-198 Dated June 1990 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS ' A. SCOPE OF WORK ' The work to be done under this contract is as shown on the Plans and as provided for in these Specifications, and shall include the furnishing of all materials, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals, and performing all labor in.the construction of work generally as follows. 1. The purpose of this project is to construct the necessary water and ' sewer line facilities along Highway 180 (previously known as Highway 62) between Garland Avenue railroad grade separation in Fayetteville, Arkansas, so that existing water and sewer line facilities can be abandoned to allow necessary construction of railroad grade separation. 2. The water line construction involves approximately 1,100 feet of 12 inch and 350 feet of 6 inch ductile iron pipe, and 220 feet of 2 inch ' PVC.pipe, along with valves, fire hydrants, highway crossings, and other appurtenances as are necessary for a complete project. 3. The.sewer line construction involves approximately 260 feet of 12 inch, 200:feet of 10 inch, and 565 feet of 8 inch sewer pipe along with manholes, highway crossings and other appurtenances as are necessary for a complete project. 4. A significant portion of the work on this project will involve the connections to and abandonment of existing water and sewer facilities, including salvaging existing fire hydrant assemblies, water meter settings; demolish existing sewer manholes, and other facilities as described in the Specifications or shown on the Plans. ' B. SEQUENCE OF THE WORK The Contractor shall develop a sequence of the workplan in cooperation with personnel of the City of Fayetteville and the Engineer. In general, the sequence of work as related to construction of water and sewer facilities must be such that: 1 1.00-1 Section 100 ' Project Requirements 1. sewer line shall be constructed prior to parallel water lines where existing sewer services cross proposed water line construction. 2, new facilities constructed in any given location are to be in service and operational prior to the abandonment of existing services in that particular location. ' 3, it must provide that water line construction will begin at a point where the system can be connected to existing facilities so water is available ' for flushing and sterilization of the new facilities. 4. the work, including cleanup, etc., can essentially be completed prior to commencement of work in another section. C. LANDS AND RIGHTS OF WAY The work to be performed under this contract shall be on city street right of ' way and on easements or lands acquired by the City and across Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department right of way. All access to the rights of way across properties, other than along the route shown on the Plans, shall be exercised by the Contractor only after having obtained permission from each landowner for that particular access. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining required permits and posting required performance bonds, if any, for county road and city street crossings. The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or paying the cost of replacing any highway remonumentation. D. CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT WORK ' The Engineer's representative will provide general guidance in the laying out of the work. However, the Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent men from his force and such tools, stakes and other materials as is required for the proper staking out of the work and in making measurements and surveys and in establishing temporary or permanent reference marks in connection with said work. E. SUNDAY, HOLIDAY AND NIGHT WORK No work shall be done between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., or on , Sundays or legal holidays, except work as is necessary for the proper care and protection of work already performed, or in case of any emergency. The Contractor shall schedule his activities such that the routine assistance of the Owner will not be required before 8:00 a.m. or after 5:00 p.m. F. SECURITY 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the site, and all work, materials, equipment and existing facilities thereon against vandals and other unauthorized persons. 100-2 ' • ' Section 100 Project Requirements No claim shall be.made against the Owner by..reason of any act of an employee or trespasser, and the Contractor shall make good all damage to Owner's property resulting from his failure to provide security measures as specified. ' Security measures shall be at least equal to those usually provided by Owner to protect his existing facilities during normal operation, but shall also include 'such additional security fencing, barricades, lighting, watchman services, and other measures as required to protect the site. G. ACCESS ROADS ' The Contractor shall establish and maintain temporary access roads to various parts of the site as required to complete the project. Scheduling, materials and construction procedures are specified in other sections of the documents. ' Such roads shall be available for the use of all others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the project. H. PARKING The Contnactor.shal1 provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services ' in connection with the project, as required, to avoid any need for parking personal i vehicles where they may interfere with private business or residential activities, Owner's operations, or construction activities. I. DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. ' Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels or similar equipment shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. J. TEMPORARY DRAINAGE PROVISIONS ' The Contractor shall provide for the drainage of stormwater and such water as may be applicable or discharged on the site in performance of the work. Drainage facilities shall be adequate to prevent damage to the work, the site, and. adjacent property. Existing drainage channels and conduits shall' be cleaned, enlarged or ' supplemented as necessary to carry all increased runoff attributable to Contractor's operations. Dikes shall be constructed as necessary to divert increasedirunoff from entering adjacent property (except in natural channels) to protect Owner's facilities and the work, and to direct water to drainage channels or conduits. Ponding shall be provided as necessary to prevent downstream flooding. 1 100-3 Section 100 , Project Requirements K. EROSION CONTROL ' The Contractor shall prevent erosion of soil on the site and adjacent property resulting from his construction activities. Effective measures shall be initiated prior to the commencement of clearing, grading, excavation, or other operation that will disturb the natural protection. Work shall be scheduled to expose areas subject to erosion for the shortest possible time, and natural vegetation preserved to the greatest extent practicable. Temporary storage and construction buildings shall be located, and construction traffic routed, to minimize erosion. Temporary fast growing vegetation or other suitable ground cover shall be provided as necessary to control runoff. ' L. POLLUTION CONTROL The Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any ' drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers, and reasonable measures will be taken to prevent such materials from entering any drain or watercourse. ' M. TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION All trees and other vegetation which must be removed to perform the work 1 shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. However, no trees or cultured plants shall be unnecessarily removed unless their removal is indicated on the Drawings. All trees and plants not removed shall be protected against injury from construction operations. All trimming and repair of trees and plants shall be performed by qualified nurserymen or horticulturists. N. MONTHLY ESTIMATES AND PAYMENTS Monthly estimates shall be prepared to include all work accomplished for the period ending on the third Friday of each month, except when there are five Fridays the period will end on the fourth Friday. The Engineer, based on data gathered during the construction process, will make an estimate of the value of the work done and materials furnished in place during the previous estimate period. He will also include the cost value of freight for equipment and materials readily accounted for, but not such items as cement, aggregate, lumber, nails and miscellaneous items. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such detailed information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the preparation of monthly estimates. After each such estimate shall have been approved by the Owner, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor 90 percent of the amount of such estimated value of materials furnished and work done during said previous calendar month. If the Owner shall at any time fail to make the Contractor a monthly estimate at 100-4 1 '•Section 100 Project Requirements the time, herein specified, such failure shall..not be held to vitiate or void the contract.'`'' The City, of Fayetteville, based on documents approved by the Engineer, will make payment to the Contractor on or before the 10th day of the month ' following the end of the estimate period. 0. PAYMENT ' Payment shall be made in accordance with the bid items as set out in the Methods of Measurement and Payment.. P. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES Unless otherwise specified or indicated, the Contractor shall make necessary ' connections to existing utilities such as water, sewer, telephone and electric. In each case, the Contractor shall receive permission from the Owner or the owning utility prior to undertaking connections. The Contractor ' shall protect facilities against deleterious substances and damage. Connections to existing facilities which are in service shall be thoroughly planned in advance, and all required equipment, materials and labor shall be Ion hand at the time. of undertaking the connections. Work shall proceed continuously (around the clock) if necessary to complete connections in the minimum time. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing ' utilities, when required, shall be by or under the direct supervision of the City of Fayetteville. Q. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS The Contractor will be responsible for excavating or otherwise locating underground facilities that may interfere with water or sewer installation. ' Facilities shall be located far enough ahead to allow adjustments to be made in grade, or alignment of proposed facilities. The Fayetteville Street Department shall be notified for location of buried traffic signal systems. ' R. ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations and symbols used in these Specifications are described in the Supplementary Conditions, Article SC -1. I. L I Li 100-5 I. Section 120 Testing & Certifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TESTING IA. GENERAL The Contractor shall with any inspection Enginee'r's acceptance provided for in Artic I. be responsible for and shall pay all costs associated or testing required in connection with Owner's or of materials or equipment incorporated in the work, as le 13 of the General Conditions. B. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing to the Engineer materials and equipment manufacturers' duly sworn certificates of compliance with all requirements and provisions of applicable standards such as, but not limited to, AWWA, ASTM, ANSI., AASHTO, AHTD, or others for all materials and equipment delivered to this project. C. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS ' Specific requirements for testing and certificates of compliance are set forth in the Technical Specifications for each item of work. ri I r I I I I I I 120-1 J I I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULES A. GENERAL Section 140 Schedules The Contractor shall utilize and maintain through project completion critical path scheduling of all phases of work required for completion of the project within the contract time. Such schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer as required by the General Conditions and as specified herein. B. CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULE The Contractor shall show various phases of work to be performed, submittals, materials and equipment orders, receipt of materials and equipment, manpower, skills, and equipment required, and completion dates of various phases of work to be performed for completion of the project. ' With reference to paragraphs 2.6 and 2.9 of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall have submitted all approvable critical path scheduling, at least ten days before submission of the first application for payment. IOn the last Friday of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer critical path progress status reports and revised schedules as required to show completion of the project. I I I I I I I I ' 140-1 -4 I I I I I I I I U I I I I I I I Section 150 Explosives TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS USE OF EXPLOSIVES A. GENERAL The Contractor shall observe the requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and this Technical Specification when using any explosive materials for excavation or demolition. B. USE OF EXPLOSIVES When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall observe all local, state and federal laws in purchasing and handling explosives. The Contractor shall take all necessary precaution to protect persons, completed work, neighboring property, water lines, or other underground structures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a certificate of insurance covering such blasting operations. Such insurance shall be in the same amount as is the public liability requirements under Article 5 of the Supplementary Conditions. C. RESPONSIBILITY The Contractor shall be totally responsible for handling explosives in a safe manner and for any damage resulting from the use of explosives. I 150-1 I I I I I 1 I I El I I I I I El I A. GENERAL The Contractor shall replace manufacture or shall include replacement of acceptance of I Section 160 Materials Storage/Handling TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS shall be responsible for all material furnished by him and at his own expense all such material found defective in damaged in handling after delivery by the manufacturer. This the furnishing of all material and labor required for the installed material discovered defective prior to the final he work: STORAGE OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be responsible for furnished by or to him and accepted by him, it has been incorporated in the completed stored in a secured storage area and manufacturer's recommendations." The storac the Contractor and all expenses related Contractor. C. HANDLING OF MATERIALS the safe storage of material and intended for the work, until project. All materials shall be in strict conformance to the le area shall be arranged for by thereto shall be paid by the All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be delivered and distributed at the site by the Contractor. No material shall be distributed along the job site more than 30 days in advance of its intended use. Pipe and:accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. Care of Pipe Coating and Lining. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. However, if any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. D. PAYMENT Payment shall be made to the Contractor, without retainage, for the invoiced value of:material properly stored but not incorporated into the work. To be considered for payment, invoices must be delivered to the Engineer by the end of the last work day of the partial payment. period. 1 160-1 I I I I I Section 300 Crushed Stone Base SB-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CRUSHED STONE BASE - SB-2 a A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist, of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, testing:and incidentals necessary for completion of crushed stone base (SB-2) in area which are presently paved or which are to be paved, all as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified. B. MATERIALS AND EXECUTION The Contractor shall furnish materials and construct crushed stone base SB-2 as specified• by Section 306 of "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction," Edition of 1978, published by the Arkansas State Highway Commission. These specifications are available for inspection in the 1 Engineer's office, or may be obtained from the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Little Rock, Arkansas. Crushed.stone base SB-2 shall be compacted to 95 percent of modified Proctor density (ASTM D1557-78). C. TESTING All testing, gradation, plasticity, modified Proctor standards, and in -place densities of crushed stone - base SB-2 shall be performed by a qualified laboratory. All costs associated with the required testing shall be borne by the Contractor. Each paved crossing requiring 12 inch depth crushed stone base will require a minimum of one test report showing density at 95 percent modified Proctor density or greater. I I I. .1 300-1 II ' Section 301 Select Hillside Material TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SELECT HILLSIDE MATERIAL A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, testing.and incidentals necessary for completion of select hillside material as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified. B. MATERIALS AND EXECUTION The Contractor shall furnish good bank run material from a source approved by the Engineer prior to hauling to the job site and construct select hillside material as specified by Sections 210 and 212 of "Standard Specifications for Highway: Construction," Edition of 1978, published by the Arkansas State Highway Commission. These specifications are available for inspection in the Engineer's office, or may be obtained from the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Little Rock, Arkansas. Select hillside material shall be compacted in lifts not to exceed 8 inches in depth to 100 percent of standard Proctor density. IC. TESTING All testing, gradation, plasticity, modified Proctor standards, and in -place densities of select hillside material shall be performed by a laboratory ' acceptable to the Engineer. All costs associated with the required testing shall be borne by the Contractor. Each highway crossing requiring full depth select hillside material will require a minimum of one test report showing density of 100 percent standard Proctor density or greater. 1 1, I L_] I 1 301-1 Section.310 Pipe Bedding Material TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL I. A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall I. consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, testing and incidentals necessary for completion of pipe bedding material as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified. ' B. MATERIALS 1. Select Excavated Material. Ductile iron water pipe bedding material shall be select excavated material, free from cinders, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic material, boulders, rocks or stones, frozen soil or other unsuitable material. Note: There is not a separate pay item for pipe bedding material. 1 2. Crushed Stone (SB-2). Ductile iron water pipe bedding material in areas of extremely wet trench or solid rock shall be a minimum of 4 inches of crushed limestone (SB-2). The SB-2 shall be as specified in Section 305 of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications, latest edition. All PVC sewer pipe shall be bedded in crushed stone SB-2 as specified and as shown on the Plans. Note: There is not a separate pay 1 item for pipe bedding material. C. EXECUTION ' Pipe bedding shall be constructed to the dimensions detailed on the Plans for all pipe types by placing in lifts of not more than 4 inches and compacting '• by spading, slicing and tamping with mechanical tamping equipment. Material shall be carefully placed under the pipe haunches. D. TESTING The Contractor shall, prior to delivery, furnish the suppliers' certificates that all SB-2 pipe bedding material furnished meets the requirements of these Specifications. �! I I I 310-1 ' Section 400 Clearing ROW TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' CLEARING RIGHTS OF WAY, CUTTING AND REBUILDING/REPAIRING FENCES A. GENERAL ' The Owner has acquired construction easements, permanent easements, and/or fee simple title and permits to lands to be utilized for construction of this project. 'Insofar as possible and unless prior permission is obtained from the property owner, the Contractor shall confine his activities to the rights of way obtained and to properties owned by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. ' B. CLEARING RIGHTS OF WAY Parts of, construction are indicated on the Plans as being through lawns, gardens, brush, timbered areas and pasture land. There is no separate pay item for the clearing of rights of way or for the 1 disposing of brush, timber or other debris resulting from the clearing operatioh. Nor is there a separate pay item for cutting and repairing/rebuilding fences. 1. Brush, Timbered Areas and Pasture Land. Where construction is indicated on the Plans as being through brush, timbered areas and pasture land, the. Engineer will stake the centerline of the proposed water line. The ' Contractor shall clear the rights of way of brush and other debris and do 'such right of way construction as is necessary to provide an adequate working area. In clearing right of way, the Contractor shall remove only those trees necessary for the construction of improvements. Where water lines are to be constructed in close proximity to shade trees or other trees of ' significant value, the Contractor will be expected to work near the trees without removing or damaging them. The Contractor shall construct a free standing protective wooden pen, 8 feet tall, around all trees in I. close proximity to the work which are not to be removed. Protective pens shall be maintained around trees until final cleanup and seeding or sodding have been completed. All brush, timber and other debris required to be removed from the work area shall be hauled from the site and disposed of at the option of the Contractor. ' A portion of the work is across private property in which livestock is at large. It is the, responsibility of the Contractor to see that the livestock is kept in the original pastures. It has been found that wilted wild cherry leaves are poisonous to livestock. Consequently, wherever wild cherry is removed or damaged, the branches shall be removed immediately from the site of the work, and shall be disposed of so that it will be impossible for the livestock to have access to them. 1 400-1 Section 400 Clearing ROW 2. Lawns, Gardens, and Other Well -Kept Areas. Where construction is shown on the Plans as being through lawns, gardens, or other well -kept areas, the Engineer shall stake the general location of the rights of way, and shall provide line and grade stakes. The Contractor shall then perform necessary cleaning of debris from the rights of way. All shrubbery, small trees (less than 4 inches in diameter), and other items of landscape shall either be protected with wooden pens as specified elsewhere in these Specifications or shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. All limbs and other debris requiring removal shall be hauled from the site and disposed of at the option of the Contractor. 3. Power Lines. Where the Plans show a portion of the line to be laid adjacent to or under power lines, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make any arrangements with the power company for "tying off" poles and to pay all costs incurred related thereto. The Contractor is advised of the extreme hazard to personnel from equipment contact or near contact with conductors of the transmission line. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to provide for the safety of the workmen and equipment when working in the vicinity of these power lines. It is strongly recommended that at all times a minimum 15 foot vertical clearance be maintained between any equipment and transmission conductors. 4. Miscellaneous. Several signs, mailboxes, posts, fences, right of way ' markers, property markers, and other obstructions are to be removed and replaced along the right of way. These shall be removed and protected. After construction is complete, they shall be repaired or replaced. , 5. Fences - Cutting and Repairing. Fences are to be crossed during the course of construction. Prior to clearing the right of way, the Contractor shall tie off the existing fence as necessary on each side of the right of way so that when the fence is cut, the tension on the fence is not reduced. He shall then construct temporary gates and fences so as to maintain livestock in the original pasture during construction. Prior to cutting, if needed, the Contractor will witness the fence locations to points outside the right of way. Any stakes or other identification so used shall be protected by the Contractor. i After all construction, including cleanup, is complete, new fences shall be constructed using new materials, i.e., posts, wire and other fencing materials which are equal or better than original fencing materials. The new fencing materials used in rebuilding fences shall be of the same type of existing fences. Where removal, replacement or repair of chain link, ornamental iron, , wood, rock or masonry fence is required, the Contractor shall retain a qualified specialty contractor to perform the work. Where property markers or public right of way markers have been disturbed or removed in the course of construction, the Contractor shall 400-2 Section 400 Clearing, ROW retain professional personnel satisfactory to ,the Engineer and any permitting agencies involved to restore the markers. The Contractor is responsible for taking steps necessary to assure the safety of livestock in the vicinity of the construction area. 400-3 Section 401 Surface Removal TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' SURFACE REMOVAL IA. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for removing surfaces within the limits of lawns, gardens, mowed, cultivated, or other well -kept areas or within the limits of any paved or unpaved driving surface, curb and gutter, or sidewalk necessary for the '• construction of this project. This specification does not apply to state or interstate highways, or driving surfaces within railroad rights of way unless otherwise directed by the. Engineer. B. ALLOWABLE REMOVAL ' In all areas where facilities are to be constructed and/or repaired, the surface shall be removed prior to excavating the trench. There is no pay ' item for surface• removal and surface removal shall be considered part of trench excavation. The allowable limits of removal are dependent upon the type of area in or through which construction occurs and are set out below. No payment for surface repair will be made outside the width of allowable removal. 1. Lawns, Gardens, Mowed or Cultivated. Areas, and Other Well -Kept Areas. ' In these areas, the Contractor shall excavate the top 6 inches of topsoil from the ditch line and store such along the ditch line so that it does not become mixed with the remaining excavation. ' The width of surface removal shall be no more than that necessary to construct the work, i.e., water lines and appurtenances. 2. Wooded and Rocky Areas. In densely wooded or rocky areas, the Contractor is not required to separate and store the top 6 inches of topsoil along the ditch line. ' 3. Drivin? Surfaces. Excavation within the limits of any driving surface, including paved and gravel streets or roads, driveways or parking areas shall be in accordance with the following specifications. The Contractor shall remove pavement and road surface as a part of the trench excavation, and the amount removed shall depend upon the width of trench specified for the installation of pipe, and the width and length of pavement area required to be removed for the installation of pipe, fittings, manholes, and other appurtenances. 1 The .Contractor shall use such methods, either drilling, chipping or sawing as will assure the breaking of the pavement along straight lines. 1 1 401-1 Section 401 1 Surface Removal The face of the remaining pavement shall be approximately vertical. Driving surface pavement and road surfaces shall be removed to the dimensions set out below depending upon the type of driving surface to be removed. a. Asphaltic Pavement Removal. Asphaltic pavements shall be removed in accordance with the dimensions set out below. (1) Removal of Pavement Around Existing Valve Boxes and Manhole Rings and Lids. A square cut shall be made in the pavement within an area extending 18 inches each side of the valve box or manhole ring. The pavement and underlying base and/or subgrade material shall then be removed to the depth necessary to expose the ring and lid. This material shall be hauled from the site and disposed of at the option of the Contractor. (2) Removal of Pavement Around Valves and Manholes. Where an ' existing valve or manhole is to be removed and/or a new valve or manhole is to be constructed, a square cut shall be made in the pavement within an area extending 18 inches each side of the outside of the valve or manhole wall. The pavement and underlying material shall be removed to the depth necessary for the valve or manhole removal and/or construction. (3) Removal of Pavement for Sewer Line and Water Line Construction. The width of asphaltic pavement removed along the normal trench line for the removal and/or installation of pipe, fittings, or other appurtenances shall be the standard trench width as defined on the detail sheet of the Plans plus 18 inches each side of the standard trench. ' The length of the asphaltic pavement to be removed for the installation of pipe, fittings, or other appurtenances shall be the linear dimension of such structure plus 6 inches. b. Concrete Pavement Removal. Concrete pavements shall be removed in accordance with the dimensions set out below. , (1) Removal of Pavement Around Existing Valve Boxes and Manhole Rings and Lids. A square cut shall be made in the concrete pavement within an area extending 12 inches each side of the valve box or manhole ring. The pavement and underlying base and/or subgrade material shall be removed to the depth necessary to expose the ring and lid. The material shall be hauled from the site and disposed of at the option of the Contractor. (2) Removal of Pavement Around Valves and Manholes. Where an ' existing valve or manhole is to be removed and/or a new valve or manhole is to be constructed, a square cut shall be made in the concrete pavement within an area extending 12 inches each side of the outside of the valve or manhole wall. The pavement and underlying material shall be removed to the depth 401-2 ' Section 401 Surface Removal ' necessary%;for„the .valve, or manhole removal and/or ' construction. (3) Removal of Pavement for Interceptor and Force Main Sewer Line Construction. The width of concrete pavement removed along I. the normal trench line for the removal and/or installation of pipe, . fittings, or other appurtenances shall be the normal trench width as defined on the detail sheet of the Plans plus ' 12 inches on each side of the trench. The length of the concrete pavement to be removed for the installation of pipe, fittings, or other appurtenances shall ' be the linear dimension of such structure plus 6 inches. c. Unpaved Driving Surfaces. The width and length of unpaved driving ' surface removal shall be the same as that set out for asphaltic pavement removal set out in paragraph 3.a above. I. 4. Sidewalk and Curb and Gutter Removal. Sidewalk and curb and gutter shall only be removed as shown on the Plans or at the direction of the Engineer. The width of concrete removed when so directed shall be the standard trench width as shown on the plans plus a minimum of 18 inches each side of the trench to an existing joint. 5. Additional Surface Removal. Wherever, in the opinion of the Engineer, existing conditions make it necessary or advisable to remove additional surfaces, the Contractor shall remove it as directed by the Engineer. No; extra compensation will be allowed for the extra surface removal. However, additional payment will be made at the unit price bid for the ' appropriate surface repair/replacement item as set out under the Methods of Measurement and Payment Section of these Specifications. ' However, if the Contractor removes or damages pavements beyond the limits specified above without approval of the Engineer, such surfaces shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor. 1 I I 1 401-3 I I I I I I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SEWERS A. GENERAL Section 402 Classification of Excavation Unless specifically provided for in the Bid and in the Methods of Measurement and Payment for rock excavation, all excavation shall be unclassified and considered subsidiary to related Bid items. B. DEFINITION OF ROCK EXCAVATION The work is underlain by broken chert, and/or limestone. The excavation required for construct depths which may necessitate the excavation of limestone. The pay item for rock excavation in for rock excavation is made in the Bid and in the Payment for rock excavation, will include: solid chert, sandstone or ion of sewers may extend to solid chert, sandstone or this project, if provision Methods of Measurement and 1) solid chert, sandstone or limestone which requires blasting for removal; 2) solid or consolidated chert, sandstone or limestone which cannot be normally ripped and excavated with a three-quarter yard backhoe without hammering with the bucket which causes undue damage to the equipment; or 3) boulders and pieces of masonry or concrete which exceed 1,000 pounds in weight. Layers of rock less than 12 inches in depth will not be considered for payment.Layers greater than 12 inches will be considered for payment only when the length exceeds 5 feet. . ' Broken or weathered chert, sandstone or limestone which can be normally excavated with a three-quarter yard backhoe will not be classified as rock excavation. ' Rock and/or broken chert excavated in clearing of right-of-way and surface removal will not be classified nor will it be paid for as rock excavation. ' Measurement for rock excavation will be made on the basis of depth measured from 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe by a ditch width 16 inches wider than the: outside diameter of the pipe bells or couplings. No rock excavation shall be paid for rockexcavated for manholes in addition to the trench measurement. • ' C. MEASUREMENT Rock excavation shall be measured in place by the Inspector before the trench ' is backfilled. At the end of each day's sewer pipe laying operations, when ' 402-1 Section 402 , Classification of Excavation the quantity of rock excavation has been determined, the Inspector shall record the quantity of rock excavation to be paid for in his daily field report. The Inspector will deliver a copy of the daily field report to the Contractor's representative. The Contractor's representative shall initial the Inspector's copy of the daily field report indicating his agreement with the measured rock excavation for that day. , I I I I I I I I I I I I I 402-2 1 11 I Li I LI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION A. GENERAL Section 409 Water Service Reconnection The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the construction of water service settings. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. ' B. MATERIALS Li I 1. Reconnecting to an Existing Copper or Galvanized Service Line. 3/41inch Corporation Stop - Mueller 110 Compression H-15008 3/4 inch Three -Part Union - Mueller 110 Compression H-15403 3/4inch Male Iron Pipe - Mueller 110 Compression H-15428 3/4 inch Female Iron Pipe - Mueller 110 Compression H-15451 1 inch Corporation Stop - Mueller Compression H-15008 1 inch Three -Part Union - Mueller Compression H-15403 1 inch Male Iron Pipe - Mueller 110 Compression H-15428 1 inch Female Iron Pipe - Mueller 110 Compression H-15451 ' 3/4 ;inch x 4 inch Nipple - Galvanized 3/4 'inch x 4 inch Steel Coupling - Rockwell '• 3/4 inch x 4 inch Nipple - Galvanized 3/4 inch x 4 inch Steel Coupling - Rockwell (or approved equals) ' 2. 2 Inch Connections to 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 Inch PVC, CI, or DI Pipe. ' 4 inch x 2 inch Service Saddle - 101 N 54.0 x 2 inch I.P. Romac 6 inch x 2 inch Service Saddle - 101 N 7.50 x 2 inch I.P. Romac 8 inch x 2 inch Service Saddle - 101 N 9.62 x 2 inch I.P.-Romac ' 10 inch x 2 inch Service Saddle - 101 N 12.12 x 2 inch I.P. Romac 12 inch x 2 inch Service Saddle - 101 N 14.38 x 2 inch I.P. Romac (or approved equals) 3. Valve Set-up for 2 Inch Connections. I I I 2 inch Close or All -Thread Brass Nipple 2 inch x 6 inch Brass Nipple 2 inch Ball Valve Tip x Top J1900 manufactured by James Jones Company (or approved equal) 2 inch 441 Cast Coupling - Rockwell 441-00000248-900 (or approved equal) 409-1 I I I I I LJ I I I I I I I I L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER LINES A. GENERAL Section 411 DI Pipe The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the construction of ductile iron pipe water lines. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. MATERIALS Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings With Push -On or Mechanical Type Joints. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified, all pipe and pipe fittings furnished on this project shall be ductile iron, with either push -on or mechanical type joints. Flanged pipe or pipe fittings shall be used only as indicated on the Plans, and shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Ductile Iron Pipe. All ductile iron pipe furnished with either push -on or mechanical type joints shall conform to the requirements of "Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids, " AWWA Standard C151, latest revision, and shall be thickness Class 50, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. When a heavier thickness class is required, a notation is shown on the Plans to indicate the heavier thickness class and the area in which it is to be used. The manufacturer shall check the profile for depth of bury, and shall furnish pipe of a heavier class in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50, latest revision, if required. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings (3 Inch Through 16 Inch). All fittings 3 inches through 16 inches shall be ductile iron fittings and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53, latest revision, for "Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3 Inch Through 16 Inch, for Water and Other Liquids." All fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 pounds per square inch and shall be light weight (compact) fittings, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Ductile Iron Pipe Joints. All ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings with mechanical or push -on type joints shall have rubber gasket joints in conformance with "Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings," ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, latest revision. Section 411 DI Pipe d. Restrained Joints. Where shown on the Plans, restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be ductile iron pipe manufactured in accord with applicable sections of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 and ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. All restrained joint pipe shall be "TR Flex," as manufactured by U. S. Pipe, or equal. t e. Swivel Fittings and Fire Hydrant Tee. Fire hydrant shall be set 1 using MJ, MJ, swivel joint fittings having retainer lip and swivel rotatable gland for positive restraint without tie rods. Restraint joints shall be used where testing will be done against closed valves, and at other locations at the Contractor's option. Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings with Joints. Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall install flanged ductile iron pipe and flanged ductile iron accordance with the following Specifications. Flanged Type furnish and fittings in a. Ductile Iron Pipe. All flanged pipe furnished on this project shall be ductile iron pipe in conformance with the requirements for "Flanged Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded flanges," AWWA C115, latest revision, and to the applicable requirements of AWWA C151, latest revision. The pipe shall have a minimum rated pressure of 250 pounds per square inch. All flanged ductile iron pipe shall be thickness Class 53. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings. All flanged fittings shall be ductile iron fittings in conformance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, latest revision, and Appendix B of said standard. All fittings shall have facing and drilling which match AWWA C115 threaded -on flanges and shall have a minimum pressure rating of 250 pounds per square inch. c. Bolts and Gaskets for Flanged Pipe and Pipe Fittings. Bolts and gaskets shall meet the requirements of AWWA C115 and 0110, latest revisions. Gaskets shall be rubber, 1/8 inch thick, full face. 3. Pipe Bosses. Bosses shall be provided on pipe as shown on the Plans. The bosses shall be foundry fabricated and be faced and tapped with AWWA C110 flange connections. 4. Cement Mortar Lining. All ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings shall have a standard thickness cement mortar lining in conformance to ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Outside Coating. All ductile iron pipe shall have either a bituminous exterior coating, or shall be delivered to the site factory cleaned and primed as set out below. Factory Primed Pipe. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all exposed pipe and fittings within the limits of structure walls or all pipe exposed above ground shall be delivered to the job site factory blasted, cleaned and primed with one coat of Koppers Pug Primer, or approved equal. L U I I I I I 411-2 ' Section 411 DI Pipe b. Bituminous Coating, -.7 .All pipe.and;'fittings indicated for buried service shall have a bituminous coating approximately 1 mil thick. The coating shall be factory applied to the outside of all pipe and fittings. The finished coating shall be continuous, smooth, neither brittle when exposed to the cold nor sticky when exposed to I. the sun, and shall be strongly adherent to the pipe or fitting. 6. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Lubricant. Joint lubricant shall be provided by ' the pipe manufacturer, and applied as per the manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Tapping Valves. Tapping valves shall be similar in construction to ' standard AWWA gate valves and shall have mechanical joint outlets for ductile iron pipe. ' 8. Tapping Sleeves. Tapping sleeves shall be mechanical joint for ductile iron pipe similar or equal to Mueller H-615. Tapping sleeve shall, with the use of suitable gaskets, be good for AWWA Class "C" or "D" pipe, and ' with Class "B" pipe in the 4 inch and 6 inch sizes. 9. Pipe: Bedding Material. Material used for bedding ductile iron pipe shall be select material from the excavated trench. The material shall ' be free of rock larger than 2 inches and other debris. 10. Crushed Stone Trench Backfill. Crushed limestone trench backfill shall be crushed stone base (SB-2) as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 11. Select Hillside Trench Backfill. Select hillside trench backfill shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 12. Concrete. Concrete used for reaction backing, pipe cover, or pipe ' encasement shall be in conformance with Section 503 of these Specifications. ' 13. Affidavits of Compliance and Independent Laboratory Inspection. All ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings furnished and installed on this project shall be inspected and tested by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer, prior to delivery, ' certificates stating that all pipe will be manufactured in compliance with these Specifications. The certificate shall also fully describe the pipes proposed to be furnished. ' If evidence appears that all provisions of the applicable ASTM/AWWA Standards have not been complied with after the pipe has been delivered, the Owner will require such field testing and sampling as necessary for ' certified statements of compliance to the to be furnished by an approved independent testing and sampling or job delay will be supplier if the pipe is not in compliance. ' 411-3 provisions of said standards laboratory. The cost for the the responsibility of the pipe The Owner will pay the cost e is in compliance with the not be responsible for job of the testing and sampling if the pip Specifications. However, the Owner will Section 411 ' DI Pipe delay. The independent laboratory shall be one which may be chosen by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. C. DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATER LINE CONSTRUCTION General. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under this contract and unload, haul and distribute all pipe, castings, fittings, valves, hydrants and excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; excavate the bell holes, construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or ground water; provide barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, valves, hydrants and roadway surface unless otherwise stipulated; remove surplus excavated material; clean the site of the work; and maintain the street or other surface over the trenches as specified. 2. Alignment and Grade. The water main shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants, and other appurtenances, at the required locations, spigots centered in bells, and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. 3. Installing Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in conformance with the recommendations of AWWA C600, latest revision, for "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances," and in conformance with the Specifications hereinafter set out. 4. Requirements Preparatory to Trench Excavation. In all areas where water lines, valves, or other appurtenances are to be constructed, the existing surface shall be removed prior to excavating the trench. There is no pay item for these requirements and shall be considered part of the trench excavation. These requirements are dependent upon the type of area in which water line construction occurs and are set out elsewhere in these Specifications. 5. Trench Excavation. The construction of this project is through an area underlain with broken chert and/or solid chert, sandstone or limestone. Rock excavation may be required in some instances. All excavation of any nature shall be unclassified and payment for same shall be included in the unit price bid for furnishing and laying of the various sizes of pipe in place. The trench shall be excavated so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth required, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of pipe laying as set out elsewhere in these Specifications. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workmen may work therein safely and efficiently. It is essential that the discharge of any trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. The Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and 411-4 1 [II I I J I H preparation of the trench so that, the exact location structures, both k66and unknown,ma3? be determined, held responsible for the repair of such structures otherwise damaged because of carelessness on his part. i a. Trench Depth. The trench shall be excavated to at below the grade required to provide a minimum of 3E cover. This pipe cover shall be measured and follows. Section 411 DI Pipe of underground and he shall be when broken or least 4 inches inches of pipe is defined as 1) Land Level Normal to the Direction of the Pipeline. A minimum of 36 inches of cover shall be provided. This cover shall. be measured from the top of the barrel of the pipe to the top of the existing natural ground surface. ' 2) Cut Sections. A minimum of 36 inches of cover shall be required. This cover shall be measured from the top of the pipe barrel to the adjacent low surface of the right of way. ' 3) Fill Sections. ,A minimum of 36 inches of cover shall be required. This cover shall be measured from the top of the pipe barrel to the natural ground surface underlying the fill. ib. Trench Width. The excavated water line trench shall not exceed the width as shown on the standard detail sheet of the Plans at any 1 point from the trench bottom to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel. If the Contractor overexcavates the trench, he shall provide I. additional pipe bedding gravel or concrete as necessary to prevent crushing of the water pipe due to excessive earth loads. All additional bedding material or concrete required shall be furnished ' at the Contractor's expense. c. Trench Length. The Engineer shall have the right to limit the amount of trench excavated in advance of laying the pipe. In general, such excavation shall not exceed 300 feet, and trench excavated to grade shall not exceed 100 feet. I. Every trench in rock shall be fully opened at least 50 feet in advance of the place where pipe is being laid or from where cast -in -place concrete operations are in progress. 6. Ductile Iron Pipe Bedding. The ductile iron pipe shall be bedded in pipe bedding material as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. The pipe shall be bedded from a point 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe barrel up to a point which is one -eighth the outside diameter of the pipe above the invert of the pipe by the full width of the excavated ditch. (See detail on Plans.) All overexcavation below the pipe shall ' be backfilled with pipe bedding material at the Contractor's expense. The additional material required will be placed in 8 inch lifts and thoroughly compacted. This procedure will be repeated until the established grade has been reached. All pipe bedding shall be tamped so ' 411-5 Section 411 ' DI Pipe as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing support for the pipe at every point along the pipe barrel. All ductile iron pipe shall be bedded in pipe bedding material as set out in paragraph B.7 above. Note: There is no separate pay item for pipe bedding material. This item shall be subsidiary to the ductile iron water 6ipe. 7. Excavation in Poor Soil and Refilling to Grade. Where the bottom of the trench at subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, all types of refuse, vegetable or other organic materials, or large pieces of fragments of inorganic material which in the judgment of the Engineer should be removed, the Contractor shall excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth ordered by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be made by backfilling with crushed stone trench backfill (AHTD SB-2) in 8 inch uncompacted layers. The layers shall be hand or machine tamped so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe at all points along the pipe length. Extra payment will be made for crushed stone trench backfill required in accordance with the Methods of Measurement and Payment section of these Specifications. However, no additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for the additional excavation. Bracing and Shoring. The sides of any excavation, when deemed necessary, shall be properly supported with bracing, shoring or sheeting as the need may be. Such bracing and shoring shall be withdrawn as the work progresses. In case the excavation is close enough to buildings or other foundations as to endanger their stability by the removing of such bracings, then they shall be made secure and left in place, and the water line trench backfilled and thoroughly tamped with the bracing in place. The Contractor will not be paid for such bracing, sheeting, or shoring whether it is withdrawn or left in the trench. 9. Removal of Water and Muck. The Contractor shall provide sufficient pumps and other necessary equipment to keep the trench free of water which may accumulate. If the bottom of the trench becomes soft and muddy, the Contractor shall remove all such soft material and replace it with dry loam, sand, or crushed limestone bedding gravel at his own expense. Under no conditions will ductile iron pipe water line be laid in a trench that has not been properly dewatered. 10. Deviations Occasioned by Other Structures. Whenever obstructions not , shown on the Plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration in the plan is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the Plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the owners of the structures for the removal, relocation or reconstruction of the obstruction. ' 11. Concrete Reaction Backing. All ductile iron pipe fittings shall have concrete reaction backing. Backing shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of bearing on the pipe shall be that shown on the detail sheet of the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The backing shall, unless otherwise shown or directed, be so 411-6 1 • Section 411 DI Pipe placed that the pipe.and.fitting ,joints will be accessible for repair. All fittings shall biR"wrapped with'Visqueen prior to the placement of readtion backing. •There is no pay item for concrete for reaction backing. This item shall be considered subsidiary to other items of the Bid. 12. Concrete Pipe Cover. Where the Engineer, concrete cover line to the dimensions shown ' Engineer additional concrete installed by the Contractor. shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by shall. be placed over the top of the water on the Plans. Where in the opinion of the cover is required, it shall be provided and ' 13. Concrete Encasement. Where shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the, Engineer, the water line shall be encased in concrete to the dimensions shown on the Plans. Where in the opinion of the Engineer additional encasement is required, it shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. Pipe joints shall not be encased for a distance of 2 feet either side of the joint. ' 14. Pipe Protection Cover and Backfill. Pipe protection cover and backfill shall be placed in accordance with Section 461 of these Specifications. • 15. Flushin , Disinfecting and Testing of Ductile Iron Pipe Water Lines. • Newly laid water lines shall be flushed, disinfected and tested in accordance with Section 462 of these Specifications. I 16. Testing of Ductile Iron Pipe Water Lines. Newly laid water lines shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 462 of these Specifications. 17. Cleanup and Seeding. Cleanup and seeding shall be in accordance with Section 487 of these Specifications. ' 18. Replacement and Repair of Driving Surfaces. Replacement and repair of driving surfaces are specified in Section 487 of these Specifications, "• as applicable. . 19. Restraints. All gate and butterfly valves shall be secured to tees or crosses by use of a swivel joint tee, lock hydrant adapter or stainless ' steel rods. 11 U I ' Section 413 • Polyethylene Encasement TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES IA. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for polyethylene encasement of pipe, fittings, valves ' and other appurtenances as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. B. MATERIALS I. 1 1 1 1 Polyethylene shall be in conformance to ANSI/AWWA C105, latest revision. The polyethylene film shall have a minimum nominal thickness of .008 inch (8 mils),' and shall be provided in either flat tube or sheet form, at the option of the Contractor. C. LOCATION The polyethylene encasement shall be provided and installed on a11 ductile iron pipe. D. EXECUTION Polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance. with ANSI/AWWA C105, latest revision, for either Method A, B or C installation. The encasement shall be protected from prolonged exposure to sunlight to prevent deterioration of the polyethylene film. 413-1 I. Li I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. GENERAL The work to be included under consist of providing all labor, necessary for the construction lines. The work shall include complete and acceptable install specified. MATERIALS Section 419 PVC Sewer this section of the Specifications shall equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sanitary sewer every item of construction necessary for a ition as shown on the Plans and hereinafter ` 1. Polyvinyl Chloride .Sewer Pipe and Fittings. All pipe shall be suitable for gravity sewers. All plastic pipe and materials shall meet the I. requirements of ASTM 3034 with a Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) not to exceed 26 and shall have a minimum pipe stiffness of 115 psi at five percent A Y. Pipe stiffness testing shall be conducted in accordance with procedures defined in ASTM D2412. The pipe shall be manufactured by a member of the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association. 2. Joints. All joints shall be of the bell and spigot type and conform to ' ASTM D3212 and/or Uni-Bell UNI-B-1. Gaskets shall be in accordance with ASTM F477. All bells shall be formed integrally with the pipe and shall contain a factory installed elastomeric gasket which is positively retained. Wall thickness of this bell at any point shall not be less than the required minimum for the pipe barrel. No solvent cement joints will be permitted in field construction except as specifically authorized by the Engineer. ' 3. Joint Lubricant. Joint lubricants shall be only that lubricant provided by'the pipe manufacturer. 4. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Bedding Material. Bedding material for polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe shall conform with requirements for "Pipe Bedding Material" as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. This ' item shall be considered subsidiary to polyvinyl chloride pipe. No separate pay.will be made for bedding material. 5. Crushed Stone Base Trench Backfill. Crushed stone base trench backfill (where required) shall be Class SB-2, SB-3 or GB -3 as specified in Section 305 of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications, latest edition. 6. Select Hillside Trench Backfill. Select hillside trench backfill shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 7. Independent Laboratory Inspection. All PVC sewer pipe and PVC pipe fittings furnished and installed on this project shall be inspected and tested by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall furnish to the 419-1 Section 419 1 PVC Sewer Engineer, prior to delivery, certificates stating that all pipe will be manufactured in compliance with these Specifications. The certificate shall also fully describe the pipe proposed to be furnished. If evidence appears that all provisions of the applicable ASTM Standards have not been complied with after the pipe has been delivered, the Owner will require such field testing and sampling as necessary for certified statements of compliance to the provisions of said standards to be furnished by an approved independent laboratory. The cost for the testing and sampling or job delay will be the responsibility of the pipe supplier if the pipe is not in compliance. The Owner will pay the cost of the testing and sampling if the pipe is in compliance with the Specifications. However, the Owner will not be responsible for job delay. The independent laboratory shall be one which may be chosen by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. 8. Concrete. Concrete for reaction backing, pipe cover, or pipe encasement , as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. This item shall be paid for at the unit price bid and as set out in the Methods of Measurement and Payment. 9. Transition Couplings. Transition couplings from polyvinyl chloride to ductile iron sewer pipe and from ductile iron to polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe shall be Fernco Model 1006-1516, or equal. C. EXECUTION ' 1. General. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all material,l, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under this contract and unload, haul and distribute all pipe, castings and fittings, and excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; excavate the bell holes, construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or groundwater; provide barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, and roadway surface unless otherwise stipulated; remove surplus excavated material; clean the site of the work; and maintain the street or other surface over the trenches as specified. 2. Handling and Storage. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected upon arrival ' at the job site and handled in such a manner so as to protect them from damage due to impact, shock and free fall. Pipe and fittings shall not be dragged along the ground and shall be stored so as to protect the joints and pipe from damage. Should the pipe, and/or fittings, necessitate handling by a mechanical means, a clamp, rope or sling may ' be used around the outside barrel of the pipe and/or fittings. 3. Installing Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall be installed in conformance to the latest revision of ASTM D-2321 standard practice for installing flexible thermoplastic sewer pipe lines. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be installed with crushed stone encasement bedding of bedding material as 419-2 1 Section 419 PVC Sewer specified elsewhere n -=these .Spec'ifications from 4 inches below the bottom of the outside of the barrel. Note: There is no separate pay item for pipe bedding material. This item shall be considered subsidiary to the polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe. ' 4. Construction Sequence. Construction of sewers shall begin at the low point of the line and continue in orderly succession throughout the project. Any deviation from this procedure shall be made only with the specific approval of the Engineer, and only after the right of way has been cleared, the entire project has been staked, and all elevations carefully checked by the Engineer. Appurtenances shall be constructed as the work progresses. 5. Requirements Preparatory to Trench Excavation. In all areas where sewer Ilines and appurtenances are to be constructed and/or repaired, the right . of way shall be cleared and the existing surface shall be removed prior • to excavation of the trench. Note: There is no separate pay item for clearing or surface removal. These items of work shall be subsidiary to the polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe. These requirements are dependent upon the type of area in which sewer line construction occurs and are specified elsewhere in these Specifications. ' 6. Trench Excavation. The construction of this project is through an area underlain with broken chert and/or solid chert, sandstone or limestone. ' Rock excavation may be required in some instances. If provision is made in the Bid and in the Methods of Measurement and Payment for rock excavation, rock excavation shall be paid for. Otherwise, all excavation of any nature shall be unclassified and payment for same shall be included•in the unit price bid for furnishing and laying of the various sizes of pipe in place. ' The trench shall be excavated so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth required, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of pipe laying as set out elsewhere in these Specifications. I. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workmen may work therein safely and efficiently. It is essential that the discharge of any trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. ' The Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that the exact location of underground ' structures, both known and unknown, may be determined, and he shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or otherwise damaged because of carelessness on his part. a. Trench Depth and Pipe Bedding. The trench shall be excavated to a minimum of 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe when laid at the required grade. Bell holes shall be excavated in accord with ASTM D-2321. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be bedded in pipe • bedding material, as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, for the full width of the excavated trench from a point 4 inches FIl 419-3 Section 419 PVC Sewer below the bottom of the pipe barrel up to the pipe barrel centerline. The bedding material shall extend the full width of the excavated trench. (See detail on Plans.) All overexcavation shall be backfilled with bedding material at the Contractor's expense. Material required to backfill overexcavation shall be placed in 8 inch lifts and thoroughly tamped with mechanical compaction equipment to reach the required established grade. All pipe bedding shall be tamped so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing support for the pipe at every point along the pipe barrel. Where polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe is installed within the limits of driving surfaces, including paved and unpaved roads, driveways, and parking lots, the backfill shall be as detailed on the Plans. b. Width of Trench. Should the excavated polyvinyl chloride sewer line trench width exceed the width as detailed on the Plans at any point from the trench bottom to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel, the Contractor shall at his expense provide additional pipe bedding material or concrete as necessary to prevent crushing of the sewer pipe due to excessive earth loads. All additional bedding material or concrete required shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. , c. Length. The Engineer may limit the trench excavated in advance of installation of sewer pipe. No excavation in advance of installation of sewer pipe shall exceed 300 feet, or that length in which installation may reasonably be completed during the workday. Trench excavated to grade in advance of installation of sewer pipe ' shall not exceed 150 feet, or that length in which installation may reasonably be completed during the workday. Every trench in rock shall be fully opened at least 50 feet in advance of the place where pipe is being laid or from where cast -in -place concrete operations are in progress. Excavation in Poor Soil and Refilling to Grade. Where the bottom of the 1 trench at subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, all types of refuse, vegetable or other organic materials, or large pieces of fragments of inorganic material which in the judgment of the Engineer should be removed, the Contractor shall excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth ordered by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be made by backfilling with crushed stone (SB-2) trench backfill as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, in 8 inch uncompacted layers. The layers shall be hand or machine tamped as directed by the Engineer so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe at all points along the pipe length. Extra payment will be made for the additional trench backfill required as crushed stone base (SB-2) in accordance with the Methods of Measurement and Payment section of these Specifications. However, no additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for the additional excavation. 419-4 ' Section 419 PVC Sewer 8. Bracing and Shoring ,,,-The sides- rof any excavation, when deemed necessary, shall be properly supported with bracing, shoring or sheeting as the need may be. Such bracing and shoring shall be withdrawn as the work progresses. In case the excavation is close enough to buildings or other foundations as to endanger their stability bylthe removing of such I. bracings, then they shall be made secure and left- in place, and the sewer trench backfilled and thoroughly tamped with the bracing in place. Note: The Contractor will not be paid for such bracing, sheeting or ' shoring whether it is withdrawn or left in the trench. 9. Removal of Water and Muck. The Contractor shall provide sufficient pumps and other necessary equipment to keep the trench free of water which may accumulate. If the bottom of the trench becomes soft and muddy, the Contractor shall remove all such soft material and replace it with crushed stone base (AHTD SB-2) trench backfill at his own expense. Under no conditions will polyvinyl chloride pipe sewer be laid in a trench that has not been properly dewatered. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for dewatering or removal of muck. 10. Laying Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Sewers - Factory Jointed Pipe. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe shall be laid on a firm bed, as previously specified, in perfect conformity with lines and levels given. The pipe shall be laid with even bearing on the bottom of the trench, which shall be shaped and prepared to conform to the form of pipe. Bedding material shall be removed from the bottom of the trench to give proper clearance to the sleeve or bell end of the pipe, but no larger than is necessary to make a proper joint. The intent is that no load shall rest on the pipe bell. In jointing PVC pipe, the mating surfaces shall be wiped free of dust, dirt, gravel, or other foreign materials prior to the application of the lubricant. The PVC pipe shall be connected by first brushing upon the ' mating surfaces the proper lubricant as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. The spigot end shall then be centered on grade into the bell end of the last downstream PVC pipe length and shoved "home" and 1 properly seated with the application of a moderate force by a pry or lever device. To protect the pipe and coupling when using a pry bar, a timber fulcrum shall be inserted into the coupling end of the pipe. The timber fulcrum shall extend a minimum of 1/2 inch past the end of the pipe. The coupling end of the pipe in all cases shall be laid toward the high end of the sewer. 11. Connections to New Manholes. a. Cast -in -Place Manholes. Excavation for cast -in -place manhole footings shall be limited to the area to be filled with concrete. The Contractor shall support pipe entering the manhole ALL OF THE WAY to solid bedding by backfilling under the pipe and up to the 1 springline, one-half outside diameter, with concrete. Note: No additional payment will be made for concrete bedding at manhole 1 419-5 Section 419 PVC Sewer connections. The concrete bedding shall be subsidiary to the sewer pipe. b. Precast Manholes. Excavation for precast manhole footings shall be limited to the area to be filled with compacted crushed stone base (AHTD SB-2). The Contractor shall support pipe entering the manhole with bedding material from the bottom of the excavation to 6 inches above the top of the outside of the barrel. Note: No additional payment will be made for bedding material at manhole ' connections. 12. Pipe Protection Cover and Backfill. Pipe protection cover and backfill shall be placed as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 13. Cleanup. Cleanup shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. I 14. Air Testing. Polyvinyl chloride pipe sewer lines shall be air tested as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 15. Mandrel Testing. Polyvinyl chloride pipe sewer lines shall be Mandrel tested as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. I I I I I I i I I I 419-6 1 ' Section 420 DIP Sewer TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS I. A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary ,for the construction of ductile iron pipe sanitary sewer lines. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. B. MATERIALS 1. Ductile Iron Pipe. All ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of the "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe" ASTM A746, latest revision, and shall be designed by the pipe manufacturer based on laying condition type 4 and the depth of earthload shown on the Plans, plus truck load. 2. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings. All fittings shall be ductile iron fittings and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, latest revision. All fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of ' 150 pounds per square inch unless otherwise shown on the Plans. 3. Ductile Iron Pipe Joints. All ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings shall have rubber gasket joints in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A-21.11, latest revision, for either push on joints or mechanical joints. ' 4. Coal Tar Epoxy Lining. Coal tar epoxy for lining the inside of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be Koppers Bitumastic No. 300-M, or equal. a. Execution. 1) Surface Preparation. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sandblasted to near white as it applies to ductile iron pipe and shall be degreased and free of moisture and loose particles before initial coat of coal tar epoxy is applied. 1 2) Application of Coal Tar Epoxy Lining. Coal tar epoxy shall be applied in multiple coats not to exceed 14 wet mils per coat. The application method and cure period between coats shall be in strict accord with the lining material manufacturer's recommendations. The nominal thickness of the finished lining shall be 40 mils with a minimum thickness of 35 mils. The 40 mil dry thickness shall be attained by the application of multiple coats as recommended by the manufacturer. 420-1 Section 420 DIP Sewer Cut ends of coal tar epoxy lined ductile iron pipe shall be field cleaned and field coated with a minimum of 16 dry mils of coal tar epoxy in strict accord with the manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe and fittings having the coal tar epoxy lining damaged will be rejected and shall be removed from the project site. b. Testing. Every ductile iron pipe and fitting shall be subjected to and pass a high voltage spark test as prescribed by Method B of ASTM G62-85 prior to delivery to the project site. For the purpose of determining test voltage, the voltage shall be 100 volts per mil of pipe coating. ' 5. Outside Coating. All ductile iron pipe shall have an outside coating. The coating shall be a bituminous coating approximately 1 mil thick. The coating shall be factory applied to the outside of all pipe and fittings. The finished coating shall be continuous, smooth, neither brittle when exposed to the cold, nor sticky when exposed to the sun, and shall be strongly adherent to the pipe or fitting. 6. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Lubricant. Joint lubricant shall be provided by the pipe manufacturer. I 7. Ductile Iron Pipe Bedding Gravel. Bedding gravel for ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements for "Pipe Bedding Material," as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Note: There is no special pay item for ductile iron pipe bedding gravel. This item shall be considered subsidiary to the ductile iron pipe. 8. Crushed Stone Trench Backfill. Crushed stone base trench backfill (where required) shall be Class SB-2, as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Note: This item shall be paid for at the unit price bid, and as set out in Methods of Measurement and Payment. 9. Concrete. Concrete for react as shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in thes for at the unit price bid an and Payment. e ion backing, pipe cover, or pipe encasement as directed by the Engineer shall be as Specifications. This item shall be paid d as set out in the Methods of Measurement 10. Independent Laboratory Inspection. All ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings furnished and installed on this project shall be inspected and tested by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, prior to delivery, manufacturers' certificates stating that all pipe and fittings have been manufactured in accord with these Specifications. The certificate shall also fully describe the pipes and fittings, with identifying markings, proposed to be furnished. If evidence appears that all provisions of the applicable ASTM Standards have not been complied with after the pipe has been delivered, the Owner will require such field testing and sampling as necessary for certified statements of compliance to the provisions of said standards to be I I I I I 420-2 I Section 420 DIP Sewer furnished by an approved independent_;laboratory. The cost for the testing and sampling or job delay will be the responsibility of the pipe ' supplier if the pipe is not in compliance. The Owner will pay the cost of the testing and sampling if the pipe is in compliance with the Specifications. However, the Owner will not b� responsible for job delay. The independent laboratory shall be one which may be chosen by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. IC. DUCTILE IRON PIPE SEWER LINE CONSTRUCTION 1. General. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required ' under this contract and unload, haul and distribute all pipe, castings and fittings, and excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; excavate the bell holes, construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or groundwater; provide barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, and, roadway surface unless otherwise stipulates; remove surplus excavated material; clean the site of the work; and maintain the street or other surface over the trenches as specified. 2. Installing Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in conformance with the recommendations of AWWA C600, latest revision, and in conformance with the Specifications hereinafter set out. Standard laying condition Type 4, as defined by ' ASTM A746, shall be used throughout this project. Bedding material shall fill the full width of the excavated trench from 4 inches below the bottom of the outside of the barrel to a depth of one -eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe above the invert of the pipe. Note: There is no separate pay item for pipe bedding material. This item shall be considered subsidiary to the ductile iron sewer pipe. 3. Construction Sequence. Construction of sanitary sewers shall begin at the low point of the line and continue in orderly succession throughout I. the work. Any deviation from this procedure shall be made only with the specific approval of the Engineer, and only after the right of way has been cleared and the entire section staked and all elevations carefully checked by the Engineer. Appurtenances shall be constructed as the work progresses. ' Sewers which are constructed parallel to and within 15 feet of proposed force mains and/or water lines, measured horizontally, shall be installed and backfilled prior to construction of force mains and/or water lines. 4. Requirements Preparatory to Trench Excavation. In all areas where sewer I. lines and appurtenances are to be constructed and/or repaired, the right-of-way shall be cleared and the existing surface shall be removed prior to excavating the trench. Note: There is no pay item for these requirements and shall be subsidiary to ductile iron sewer pipe. These 1 420-3 Section 420 , DIP Sewer requirements are dependent upon the type of area in which sewer line construction occurs and are specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Excavation and Preparation of Trench. The trench shall be dug so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth rrequired, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of pipe laying operations as is necessary for the Contractor's proper sequencing of dewatering, shoring, installation and backfilling operations as set out below. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workmen may work- therein safely and efficiently. It is essential that the discharge of any trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains or sewers. a. Trench Depth and Pipe Bedding. The trench shall be excavated to at I least 4 inches below the established grade as shown on the Plans. The ductile iron pipe shall then be bedded in pipe bedding material, as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, for the full width of the excavated trench, from a point 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe barrel up to the bottom of the pipe (see detail on Plans). All overexcavation shall be backfilled with pipe , bedding material at the Contractor's expense. The additional material required will be placed in 8 inch lifts and thoroughly tamped. This procedure will be repeated until the established grade has been reached. All pipe bedding shall be tamped so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing support for the pipe at every point along the pipe barrel. Where the sewer line excavation is within the limits and approximately perpendicular to or crossing curb and gutter or driving surfaces, including paved and unpaved roads, driveways or parking lots, the pipe bedding and backfill shall be completed as detailed on the Plans. b. Width. The excavated sewer trench shall not exceed the width as shown on the standard detail sheet of the Plans at any point from the trench bottom to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel. If the Contractor overexcavates the trench, he shall provide additional pipe bedding gravel or concrete as necessary to prevent crushing of the sewer pipe due to excessive earth loads. All additional bedding material or concrete required shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. c. Length. The Engineer shall limit the amount of trench excavated in advance of laying the pipe. No excavation in advance of installation of sewer pipe shall exceed 300 feet, and trench excavated to grade shall not exceed 100 feet, or that length in which installation may reasonably be completed during the workday. Every trench in rock shall be fully opened at least 50 feet in advance of the place where pipe is being laid or where cast -in -place concrete operations are in progress. 420-4 1 ' Section 420 DIP Sewer 6. Excavation in Poor;Sb;il.Aand Refillingytb;Grade. Where the bottom of the trench at subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, all types of refuse, vegetable or other organic materials, or large pieces of fragments of inorganic material which in the judgment of the Engineer should be removed, the Contractor shall excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth ordered by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be made by backfill.ing with crushed stone (SB-2) trench backfill as specified elsewhere in these ' Specifications, in 8 inch uncompacted layers. The layers shall be hand or machine tamped as directed by the Engineer so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe at all points along the pipe length. Extra payment will be made for the additional trench backfill required as crushed stone base (SB-2) in accordance with the Methods of Measurement and Payment section of these Specifications. However, no additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for the additional excavation. 7. Bracing and Shoring. The sides of any excavation, when deemed I. necessary, shall be properly supported with bracing, shoring or sheeting as the need may be. Such bracing and shoring shall be withdrawn as the work progresses. In case the excavation is close enough to buildings or other foundations as to endanger their stability by the removing of such bracings, then they shall be made secure and left in place, and the sewer trench.backfilled and thoroughly tamped with the bracing in place. Note: The Contractor will not be paid for such bracing, sheeting, or ' swing whether it is withdrawn or left in the trench. 8. Removal of Water and Muck. The Contractor shall provide sufficient pumps and other necessary equipment to keep the trench free'of water ' whi,ch may accumulate. If the bottom of the trench becomes soft and muddy, the Contractor shall -remove all such soft material and replace it with gravel base bedding gravel at his own expense. Under no conditions will ductile iron pipe sewer be laid in a trench that has not been properly dewatered. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for dewatering and removal of muck. 9. Laying Ductile Iron Pipe Sewers. Ductile iron sewer pipe shall be laid on 'a firm bed, as previously specified, in perfect conformity with lines and levels given. The pipe shall be laid with even bearing on the ' bedding, which shall be shaped and prepared to conform to the form of pipe. Niches of sufficient dimensions shall be cut in the bottom of the trench to give perfect clearance to the sleeve or bell end of the pipe, but no larger than is necessary to make a proper joint. The bedding, the pipe protection cover, and the backfill shall then be placed and compacted to the top of the trench as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. The pipe shall be installed as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. The coupling end of the pipe in all cases shall be laid toward the high end of the sewer. Connections to New Manholes. Pipe connections to manholes, are a constant source of potential trouble. In order to ensure that pipe will 420-5 Section 420 , DIP Sewer not break immediately adjacent to the manhole, care shall be taken that excavation for the manhole bottom is limited to the area to be filled with concrete. The Contractor shall support pipe entering the manhole ALL OF THE WAY to solid bedding by backfilling under the pipe and up to the springline, one-half outside diameter, with concrete. Note: No additional payment shall be made for concrete bedding at manhole connections. The concrete bedding shall be subsidiary to the sewer pipe. 10. Pipe Protection Cover and Backfill. Pipe protection cover and backfill ' shall be placed as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 11. Cleanup. Cleanup shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 12. Air Testing. Ductile iron pipe sewer lines shall be air tested as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. I I I I I I I I I I 420-6 1 ' Section 428 Air Testing ' T.ECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' LOW PRESSURE AIR TESTING FOR SEWER LINES ' A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for low pressure air testing of all sewer lines. • B. TESTING After the sewer line has been installed and manholes constructed, the 1 Contractor shall proceed to air test all sewer lines to determine if sewers are free of breaks or other defects which would permit excessive infiltration or exfiltration. On all gravity flow sewers, the Contractor shall conduct low pressure air tests of the various sections of pipe by use of equipment manufactured for this purpose. The equipment shall include a regulator to avoid 1 overpressurizing and. possibly damaging an otherwise acceptable line. The equipment used shall be Air-Loc system as manufactured by Cherne Industrial; Inc., Hopkins, Minnesota, or equal. ' The low pressure air test shall be conducted by plugging each opening in the reach of pipe to be tested. All plugs shall be braced against slippage due to internal pressure, and no one shall be allowed in the manhole during the I. testing! procedure. One of the plugs provided must have an inlet tap or other provision for connecting an air hose. After connecting the air control equipment to the air hose, monitor the air pressure so that •the internal pressure does not exceed 5.0 psig. After reaching 4.0 psig, the air supply shall be throttled to maintain between 4.0 and 3.5 psig for at least 2 minutes in order to allow equilibrium between air temperature and the pipe I. walls. :If plugs are found to leak, the Contractor shall bleed off the air, tighten the plugs, and again begin supplying air. After the temperature has stabilized, the pressure is allowed to decrease to 3.5 psig. At 3.5 psig, the Contractor shall begin timing to determine the time required for the pressure to drop to 3.0 psig. The pipe shall be presumed free of defects if the time, in seconds, for the air pressure to decrease from 3.5 psig to 3.0 psig is greater than that shown in the table below. 1 I 1 428-1 Section 428 ' Air Testing SPECIFICATION TIME REQUIRED FOR A 0.5 PSIG PRESSURE DROP FOR SIZE AND LENGTH OF PIPE INDICATED FOR Q = 0.0015 3 4 2 Length Time I Minimum for for. Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (minsec) Pipe Time Minimum Longer _ Diameter (min: Time Length (in.) sec) (ft) (5cc) 100 It ISO ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft � 35011 400 ft 450 ft 1 4 1:53 597 .190 L 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 6 2:50 398 .417 L 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2_:50 2:50 2:51 3:12 8 1 3:47 298 .760 L 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:48 4:26 5:04 5:42 10 t 4:43 239 1.187 L 4:43 4:43 4:43 4:57 5:56 6:55 7:54 8:54 12 5:40 199 1.709 L 5:40 5:40 5:42 7:08 8:33 9:58 11:24 12:50 IS 7:05 159 2.671 L 7:05 7:05 8:54 11:08 13:21 15:35 17:48 ! 20:02 IS 8:30 133 3.846 L 8:30 9:37 12:49 16:01 19:14 22:26 25:38 28:51 21 1 9:55 114 5.235 L 9:55 13:05 17:27 21:49 26:11 30:32 34:54 I{ 39:16 24 1 11:20 99 6.837 L 11:24 17:57 22:48 28:30 34:11 39:53 45:35 51:17 27 12:45 88 8.653 L 14:25 21:38 28:51 36:04 43:16 50:30 57:42 46:54 30 14:10 80 10.683 L 17:48 26:43 35:37 44:31 53:25 62:19 71:13 80:07 33 !!!. 15:35 72 12.926 L 21:33 32:19 43:56 53:52 64:38 75:24 86:10 96:57 36 17:00 66 15.384 L 25:39 38:28 51:17 64:06 76:55 89:44 1102:34 115:23 Any test section less than 100 feet in length shall be tested for the time set out for 100 feet. If by use of the above procedure, defective section(s) of line are found, the 1 line segment shall be tested at 20 foot intervals to determine the exact location of the defect(s). Repairs shall be made in defective section(s) and , the entire line segment shall then be retested. I I [.1 I I I I 428-2 Section 429 Mandrel Test r TECHNICAL SPECIF.I,CATIONS I. MANDREL TESTING OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE SEWER LINES ' A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for Mandrel testing of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer lines. PVC sewer lines shall be Mandrelled in conformance with these Specifications. B. TESTING Flexible sewer pipes shall be Mandrelled with a rigid device sized to pass 5 percent or less deflection (or deformation) of the pipe. El I I I I I I I I I I The Mandrel (go/no-go) device shall be cylindrical in shape and constructed with either 9 or 16 evenly spaced arms or prongs. Mandrels with less arms (in odd or even numbers, respectively) will be rejected as not sufficiently accurate. The contact length of the Mandrel's arms shall equal or exceed the nominal diameter of the sewer to be inspected. Critical Mandrel dimensions shall carry a tolerance of ±0.01 inch. Pipe dimensions as contained in ASTM 2680, latest revision, shall be used to compute the Mandrel dimensions. Allowances for pipe wall thickness tolerances or ovality (from shipment, heat, shipping loads, poor production, etc.) shall not be deducted from the base ASTM data, but shall be counted as a part of the 5 percent or lesser deflection allowance. The Mandrel shall be hand -pulled by the Contractor through all sewer lines. Any sections of sewer not passing the Mandrel shall be uncovered and the Contractor shall rebed, reround, or replace the sewer to the satisfaction of the Engineer. These repaired sections shall be retested. The inspection shall be conducted no earlier final trench backfill grade, provided, in the sufficient water densification or rainfall has the soil throughout the entire trench depth. the time after installation prior to the proj Mandrel size shall be increased to measure or allowance. than 30 days after reaching opinion of the Engineer, that occurred to thoroughly settle If this cannot be achieved in act completion date, then the e -third less of a deflection Drawings of the Mandrel with complete dimensioning shall be furnished by the Contractor to the Engineer for his approval for each diameter and specification of pipe. 429-1 I I I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GATE VALVES AND BUTTERFLY VALVES GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, incidentals necessary for the installation of gate valves. The work shall include every item of constru complete and acceptable installation as shown on the specified. MATERIALS Section 450 Gate & BF Valves Specifications shall tools, supplies, and valves and butterfly ction necessary for a Plans and hereinafter ' Valves specified in this section are intended for buried use on water distribution lines, for use as auxiliary valves for fire hydrants, and for use within structure walls. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all valves 12 inches (nominal diameter) and larger shall be butterfly valves. All valves .10 inches (nominal diameter) and smaller shall be gate valves., II. Catalog Data and Assembly Drawings. For all gate valves, butterfly valves and valve boxes hereinafter specified, the manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer prior to delivery, catalog data, including illustrations and a parts schedule giving the material of which parts ' are' made, in sufficient detail to serve as a guide in the assembly and disassembly of the valve as well as in ordering repair parts. The manufacturer shall also submit three sets of certified drawings for ' review by the Engineer, showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used for all parts of the valve. All valves shall be furnished in accordance with the certified drawings after they have been reviewed by the Engineer. 2. Gate Valves (0-200 psi Working Pressure). Unless otherwise shown on the ' plans, all gate valves furnished and installed shall be non -rising stem gate valves, in conformance with the requirements of AWWA C509, latest revision, for "Resilient Seated Gate Valves, 3 Through 10 Inch NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems." All gate valves shall be Mueller resilient seat gate valves, Catalog No. A 2370-20, or equal, and shall be designed for. 200 psi working pressure. ' a. ; Stem Seal. All gate valves shall have "0" ring stem seals. The "0" ring stem seal shall be so designed that the seal above the stem collar can be replaced with the valve under pressure in the full -open position. I. b. Valve Ends. All gate valves shall have standard mechanical joint ends unless tapping valves, valves with flanged ends, or valves of a special design are indicated on the Plans. 1 c. Operation. All buried gate valves shall be designed for operation with a nominal 2 inch square operating nut. The standard direction 450-1 Section 450 Gate & BF Valves of opening shall be open left (counterclockwise) as viewed from the top. Where shown on the Plans or specified, handwheels in , conformance to AWWA C509 shall be provided. d. Interior Protective Coating. The interior oflthe valve shall have a protective interior coating in compliance with AWWA C550, latest revision, for "Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants." e. Testing. The valve shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C509, I latestrevision. f. Affidavit of Compliance. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer prior to delivery, an affidavit stating that the valve and all materials used in its construction conform to the requirements of AWWA C509 and AWWA C550, latest revisions, and that all tests specified therein have been performed and that all test requirements have been met. 3. Gate Valves (250 psi Working Pressure). Where gate valves are to be ' installed in areas where the working pressure exceeds 200 pounds per square inch, as shown on the Plans, the valves shall be as manufactured by American, Stockholm, or equal, and shall be designed for a minimum of 250 psi working pressure. Valve ends shall be either mechanical joint or flanged as shown on the Plans. Flanges shall have dimensions and drilling in conformance to ANSI B16.1, Class 250. Valves shall be provided with either handwheels or a standard operating nut, as shown on the Plans. 4. Butterfly Valves. All butterfly valves furnished and installed shall be Class 150B in conformance with the requirements of AWWA C504, latest revision, for "Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves." All butterfly valves shall be as furnished by Henry Pratt Company groundhog type, or equal. a. Body. The valve body shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A-126, Class B, and shall have integrally cast mechanical joint ends unless alternate valve ends are indicated on the Plans. Body thickness shall be in strict accordance with AWWA C504, latest revision, Class 150B. b. Valve Seats. All butterfly valves shall be of the tight closing, , synthetic rubber -seat type, as follows. 1) Valves 20 inches (nominal diameter) and smaller shall have bonded seats which are simultaneously molded in, vulcanized and bonded to the body. Seat bond must withstand 75 pounds pull under test procedure ASTM 0429, Method B. 1 2) On valves 24 inches and larger, all seats shall be of a synthetic rubber compound. Seats shall be retained in the valve body by mechanical means without retaining rings, segments, screws or hardware of any kind in the flow stream. 450-2 1 f. - ' Section 450 Gate & BF Valves Seats shall, be .a full -360ywithout interruption and have a I. plurality'`of grooves mating Wth a spherical disc edge seating surface. Valve seats shall be field adjustable around the full 360° circumference and replaceable without dismantling operator, disc or shaft -and without removing the valve from ' the line. Manufacturer shall certify that rubber seat is field replaceable. ' c. Valve Discs. Valve discs shall be as follows. 1) Valves 12 inches through 20 inches nominal diameter: Valve discs shall be constructed of alloy cast iron ASTM A-436, ' Type 1. 2) Valves 24 inches nominal diameter: Valve discs shall be cast ' iron with a stainless steel seating edge. 3) Valves 30 inches through 48 inches nominal diameter: Valve discs shall be ductile iron with a stainless steel seating 'edge. d: Valve Shaft and Bearings. The valve shaft shall be constructed of t stainless steel and the bearings shall be corrosion resistant and self-lubricating. ' e. Operator. The valves shall be equipped with a totally enclosed type operator, fully gasketed and grease packed, suitable for direct burial. The operator shall be designed for operation with a nominal 2 inch square operating nut for use with a T -wrench. ' Operators shall be designed to open with a counterclockwise rotation of the operator nut. f. Painting. All valves shall be painted in accordance with AWWA C504, latest revision. g. Testing. The valve shall be hydrostatically tested at 150 psi for leakage in accordance with AWWA C504, latest revision. h. Affidavit of Compliance. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer prior, to delivery, an affidavit stating that the valve and all materials used in its construction conform to the requirements of AWWA C504, latest revision, and that all tests specified therein ' have been performed and that all test requirements have been met. 5. Outside Coating. All gate or butterfly valves shall have either a bituminous exterior coating or shall be delivered to the site factory ' cleaned and primed as set out below. a. Factory Primed Valves. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all I. exposed valves within the limits of structure walls or any valves exposed above ground shall be delivered to the job site factory blasted, cleaned and primed with one coat of Koppers Pug Primer, or equal. ' 450-3 Section 450 , Gate & BF Valves b. Bituminous Coating. All valves indicated for buried service shall have a bituminous coating in accordance with applicable AWWA , Standards. 6. Inside Coating. All gate and butterfly valves furnished and installed shall have the interior ports and disks coated with a minimum of 10 mils thickness of Keysite No. 750 epoxy enamel or equal which has passed Food and Drug Administration extraction tests required for use in contact with potable water. 7. Valve Boxes. All buried valves shall be equipped with cast iron valve boxes. The valve boxes, including all appurtenances, shall be cast iron. The valve box and appurtenances shall consist of a base, extensions as required, and a top section with a drop lid. The lid shall be marked with the word "WATER." All valve boxes shall be compatible with the gate or butterfly valves for which they are provided. The manufacturer shall submit three sets of drawings prior to delivery for review by the Engineer, showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used in construction of the valve ' box. 8. Concrete. All concrete used for the placement of valve box collars shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. No additional payment will be made for concrete valve box collars. Valve box collars shall be subsidiary to valves. C. CONSTRUCTION I All valves shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans or at the direction of the Engineer, and shall be installed in accordance with the detail sheet of the Plans and these Specifications. 1. Valve Installation. Gate and butterfly valves shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C600, latest revision, Sections 3.3 and 3.6, and with either AWWA C504 or AWWA C509, as applicable, latest revisions (appendices included), the manufacturer's recommendations, and these ' Specifications. 2. Visual Inspection. Prior to installation, all valves shall be visually inspected for defects, and any foreign material in the valve interior removed. 3. Valve Boxes. A valve box as specified shall be provided for each valve used in a buried service application. The valve box shall be installed so as not to transmit shock or stress to the valve. The valve box shall be centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such level as directed by the Engineer. The valve box shall be backfilled evenly around its perimeter with select material. The material shall be hand tamped so that the ground will not settle after placement of the concrete collar. 450-4 1 I I ii I I I I LJ LJ I I ri I L El Section 450 Gate & BF Valves 4. Valve Box Collar. tAll .valve box. lids'.shall have an 18 inch square x 6 inch thick concrete collar placed around them. The collar shall be centered on the valve box lid and shall be 6 inches thick. The top of the pad shall be flush with the top of the box and the surrounding ground or roadway surface. Valve box collars shall not be constructed until every item of cleanup has been completed. 5. Dead Ends. Valves located at the end of pipelines shall have ductile iron plugs or caps with or without blow -off cocks as shown on the Plans. All dead end valves shall be restrained or blocked as shown on the Plans or at the direction of the Engineer. I 450-5 ' Section 461 Backfilling • TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I. PIPE PROTECTION COVER AND COMPACTED BACKFILL IA. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for backfilling areas excavated during the construction of sewer lines, manholes, force mains, water lines, valves, fittings, fire hydrants, and other appurtenances. The work shall include every item of construction necessary. for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. Areas of ' construction within creek or river crossings, county roads, or state highways shall be backfilled in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. ' B. MATERIALS I J I I J I Il I Crushed Stone Backfill. Crushed stone backfill (where specified or directed by the Engineer) shall be Class SB-2, as defined in Section 306 of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Specifications. The Contractor shall submit suppliers' certificates stating that the material provided;is in accordance with these Specifications. CONSTRUCTION Areas excavated for the construction of sewer lines, manholes, force mains, water lines, valves, fittings, and other appurtenances shall have pipe protection cover placed, and shall be backfilled in accordance with these Specifications. 1. Pipe Protection Cover. Pipe protection cover to a depth of 12 inches above the top of the pipe shall consist of select material free from rocks larger than 2 inches, and may require hand placement. However, should the material excavated from the trench be completely free of rock larger than 2 inches, the trench may be machine backfilled. Should the excavated material not be suitable for machine backfill or hand placement, the Contractor may, at his option, use crushed limestone (AHTD SB-2) to a depth of 6 inches above the top of the pipe. The trench may then be backfilled as outlined below. Pipe protection 'cover for vitrified clay pipe sewer shall be SB-2 crushed limestone to a minimum depth of 6 inches above pipe barrel followed by pipe protection cover as specified above. Backfilling.. After the pipe protection cover has been placed, the trench excavated areas around manholes, valves, fittings, fire hydrants and other appurtenances shall be backfilled with excavated material free from rock larger than 12 inches and in accordance with the Li 461-1 Section 461 t Backfilling following Specifications, depending upon the type of area in which excavation occurs. Extra care shall be exercised around manholes, valves and hydrants to assure that the backfill material is placed evenly around the perimeter of the appurtenance. a. Compaction. All trench backfill (except under paved areas) shall be compacted to 90 percent (minimum) of that of the adjacent undisturbed soil. In areas where the trench crosses a street, parking lot or driveway, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of that of the adjacent soils. Bore pits and trench under proposed highway shall be compacted to 100 percent standard Proctor density. To accomplish compaction, trench backfill shall be placed in layers of appropriate thickness and compacted using a mechanical, hydraulically -powered vibratory , trench compactor or other equivalent equipment. When SB-2 crushed stone trench backfill is required it shall be compacted to 95 percent of modified Proctor density (ASTM D1557-78). The density of backfill material, including SB-2 crushed stone trench backfill, shall be determined at locations selected by the Engineer at no less than 500 foot intervals. Two additional tests will be made for each test failure at approximately 100 feet either side of failing test. The test shall be conducted at a depth of 12 to 18 inches below the finished grade prior to the placement of the topsoil. All surfaces to be paved will be tested at various depths below grade. Unpaved roadway surfaces shall be tested at 12 inches below finished grade. The cost for performing all density tests shall be borne by the Contractor. The test shall be performed by a qualified soils laboratory technician. The equipment procedures shall also be approved by the Engineer. Backfill and compaction required in open cuts or bore pits are as detailed on the Plans. The Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department will be making density tests within future roadway. Ditch line compaction shall be accomplished during trench backfilling operations. Topsoil shall be placed and shaped leaving the ditch line slightly rounded. Compaction shall be - completed within 1,000 feet of pipe installation at all lines, and topsoil shall be replaced within 1,000 feet of compaction. ' b. Lawns, Gardens and Other Well -Kept Areas. After the pipe protection cover has been placed, the trench shall then be backfilled and compacted. Topsoil stored along the trench line shall then be replaced to a minimum depth of 6 inches over the trench and 3 inches over all damaged surfaces. In the event there 461-2 1 ' Section 461 Backfilling •is insufficient topsoil stored.alo_ng;the ditch line to accomplish the topsoiling-1requirement, then the Contractor shall haul in additional topsoil to meet this requirement and shall do so without additional cost to the Owner. The topsoil over the trench shall be left slightly rounded in order to allow for some trench 9 Y settlement. It is the intent of these Specifications to ensure that no settlement of the trench occurs after seeding and mulching the areas. In the event such does occur, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair the settled areas. c. Mowed or Cultivated Areas (Excluding Gardens). The requirements for backfilling in these areas is identical to that specified in ' paragraph b above, except that it is the intent of the Specifications to replacehe top 6 inches of the soil using the excavated topsoil, regardless of the quality of that material. Only when the Contractor allows the material excavated from the top of the trench to become mixed with the remaining excavation will he be required to haul in additional material to replace the top 6 inches. If the Contractor is required to haul in additional ' material, he shall haul in good grade topsoil (free of roots, weeds, clay and rocks), and shall do so without additional cost to the Owner. d. Steep, Wooded or Rocky Areas. After the pipe protection cover has • been placed,., the trench shall be backfilled with excavated material. The trench shall be compacted as heretofore set out. The trench backfill material shall be left slightly rounded to allow for additional settling. 3. Cleanup. Cleanup shall be as specified in Section 487 of these Specifications. I I I I I ' 461-3 I I I IA. GENERAL Section 462 Testing/Disinfection TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FLUSHING, HYDROSTATIC TESTING, DISINFECTION AND DYNAMIC TESTING OF WATER LINES •The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the flushing, hydrostatic testing, disinfection, and dynamic testing of water lines. B. MATERIALS • Water. Water for flushing, testing and disinfecting all facilities will be ' furnished by the Owner. The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate this work to ensure that it will not be carried on during periods of high water usage. Water valves on the existing water system will only be opened or closed by City personnel or under their direct supervision. C. FLUSHING, TESTING AND DISINFECTION ' The Contractor shall flush, test and disinfect all water distribution facilities. A reasonable amount of water will be furnished to the Contractor by the Owner, free of cost to the Contractor. Should the Contractor require additional amounts of water due to water line breaks or neglect on the part of the Contractor, water shall be purchased from the Owner at their bulk rate. Quantities of water which will be paid for by the Contractor shall be ' determined by the Engineer. 1. FFllusjhing. The Contractor shall fill and flush the newly constructed ' line, visually check all combination air release and vacuum valves, blowoff valve assemblies, line valves, and fire hydrants to assure proper operation. 2. Hydrostatic Testing. All pipe on this project shall be tested as set out in AWWA C600, latest revision. Tests will be conducted after the line is completed and backfi,ll made, except those areas around valves ' and fire hydrants may be left open at the discretion of the Contractor. a. Test Pressure and Duration. The line shall be tested at 150 percent of the designed operating pressure or a minimum of 150 psi and maximum of 250 psi. The Engineer will assist the Contractor in determining test pressure at any given point. The Contractor shall provide all pumps or other equipment necessary to maintain the test pressure within ± 5 pounds per square inch at the test point fora period of two hours. ' b. Definition of Leakage. The leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid 1 462-1 Section 462 Testing/Disinfection pipe, or any valved section thereof, to maintain pressure within 5 psi of the above specified test pressure after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. Leakage shall not be measured by a drop in pressure in a test section over a period of time. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all pumps, 1 equipment and appurtenances necessary to maintain the above specified test pressure, and to meter the water supplied to the line in order to maintain the test pressure within the limits specified. c. Allowable Leakage. Leakage for water pipe shall be within the limits set out in AWWA C600, latest revision. Should any test of pipe laid disclose leakage greater than that specified, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate and repair the defective joints, and retest the line until the leakage is within the specified allowance. d. Visible Leaks. All visible leaks are to be repaired regardless of the amount of leakage. 3. Disinfection. After successful testing, the Contractor shall empty the line of water. The line shall then be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C601, latest revision, for "Disinfecting Water Mains," continuous feed method. Placing of hypochlorite granules into the main during construction will not be permitted. The water line and facilities shall be considered sterilized after the Owner has received negative reports on samples taken along the line and at each facility and sent to the Arkansas Department of Health for testing. Negative reports must be received on samples taken at 24 -hour intervals. The Owner shall obtain and deliver samples to the Arkansas Department of Health for testing. 4. Dynamic Testing. After sterilization is complete, the Contractor shall then flush the sterilizing solution from the line and place the transmission line into service. The Contractor shall furnish personnel to assist the Owner in the operation of all valves, etc., to initially start up the system. 5. Acceptance. Upon successful completion of the sterilization, the dynamic test, and final cleanup, this contract will be considered complete. 1 I 462-2 , I I I I I ..TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FIRE HYDRANTS A. GENERAL Section 472 Fire Hydrants The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the construction of fire hydrant assemblies. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. B. MATERIALS f1. Catalog Data and. Assembly Drawings. For all fire hydrants, auxiliary gate valves and valve boxes hereinafter specified, the manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer prior to delivery, catalog data, including illustrations and a parts schedule giving the material of which parts are made, in sufficient detail to serve as a guide in the assembly and disassembly of the fire hydrant as well as in ordering repair parts. The manufacturer shall also submit three sets of ' certified drawings for review by the Engineer, showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used for all parts of the valve. All valves shall be furnished in accordance with the certified drawings after they have been reviewed by the Engineer. 2. Fire Hydrants. All fire hydrants furnished and installed on this project shall be dry barrel hydrants in conformance with AWWA C502, ' latest revision, for "Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants," and shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch gauge. Pressure Class 150 fire hydrants shall be three-way, painted yellow above ground line. .Three-way hydrants shall be Mueller Centurion hydrants, Catalog No•. A-423, or equal. a. Hydrant Inlet. The hydrant shall have a 6 inch mechanical joint inlet in conformance to the dimensions shown in ANSI/AWWA. C11O/A21.10, latest revision. ' b. Main Valve Openings. Three-way hydrants. shall have a 5-1/4 inch valve opening. ' c. Fire Hydrant Lead Pipe. The lead pipe shall be ductile iron pipe as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Three-way hydrants shall have 6 inch lead pipes. Id. Hydrant Barrels and Extensions. All fire hydrants shall be equipped with a two-piece barrel having a flange at the ground line. The pipe shoe shall be designed for a minimum 42 inch bury. I. However, the Contractor shall provide extensions (Mueller A-320 or equal) as necessary to set the hydrants to the proper elevations at each location. ' 472-1 Section 472 ' Fire Hydrants e. Nozzles. Three-way hydrants shall be equipped with two 2-1/2 inch hose nozzles and one 4 inch pumper nozzle. f. Operating Nut. The bronze operating nut shall be a nominal 1-1/2 inch pentagon, National Standard operating nut designed to open left (counterclockwise). g. Color. The entire hydrant and all extension sections shall be painted chrome yellow at the factory. h. Safety Stem Coupling and Safety Flange. All fire hydrants shall be equipped with a safety stem coupling and flange which are intended to fail upon vehicle impact without damage to the stem or main valve. i. Testing. All fire hydrants shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C502, latest revision. j. Affidavit of Compliance. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer, prior to delivery, an affidavit stating that the fire hydrant and all materials used in its construction conform to the requirements of AWWA C502, latest revision, and these Specifications, and that all tests specified therein have been performed and that all test requirements have been met. 3. Auxiliary Gate Valves, Valve Boxes, and Valve Box Collars. All fire hydrant installations shall have auxiliary gate valves, valve boxes, and valve box collars, all as set out in Section 450 of these Specifications. 4. Connecting Pipe. The fire hydrant assembly shall have a 6 inch ductile iron connecting pipe between the mechanical joint end of the auxiliary gate valve and the fire hydrant. The connecting pipe shall be of the length required and shall have mechanical joint glands integrally cast or brazed onto the pipe so that no joint separation will occur under pressure. 5. Concrete. All concrete used for reaction backing and valve box collars shall be in conformance with the Concrete section of these Specifications. C. CONSTRUCTION All fire hydrants shall be installed at the general location shown on the 1 Plans and at the specific location staked by the Engineer and shall be installed in accordance with the detail sheet of the Plans and these Specifications. , 1. Examination of Material. Prior to installation, all hydrants shall be inspected for direction of opening, cleanliness of inlet elbow, handling damage, and cracks. I 472-2 1 Section 472 Fire Hydrants 2. Placement. All hydrants shall stand, plumb within a tolerance of 1/8 inch horizontally'`in 12 inches ver"ti"cally. The nozzles shall be parallel with, or at right angles to, the street with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to established grade with the nozzle centerline at least 18 inches above the ground, unless otherwise directed by the ' Engineer. 3. Location. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the hydrants shall be placed as follows. ` a. When placed beyond the curb, the hydrant barrel shall beset so that no portion of the pumper or hose nozzle cap will be less than I. 6 inches nor more than 12 inches from the gutter face of the curb. b. When set in the lawn space between the curb and the sidewalk, or between the sidewalk and the property line, no portion of the hydrant or nozzle cap shall be within 6 inches of the sidewalk. 4. Connection to Mains. Each hydrants shall be connected to the main with a 6 inch ductile iron pipe branch and independent 6 inch gate valve as • shown on the Plans. The 6 inch branch of the main line fittings shall be equipped with retaining lip and swivel gland for positive restraint • without tie rods. 5. Hydrant Drainage in Pervious Soil. Wherever a hydrant is set in soil that is pervious, drainage shall be provided at the base of the hydrant by placing coarse gravel or crushed stone mixed with coarse sand from the top of the concrete reaction backing to at least 6 inches above the waste opening in •the hydrant, and to a distance of 1 foot around the elbow. No drainage system shall be connected to a sewer. 6. Hydrant Drainage in Impervious Soil. Wherever a hydrant is set in clay or other impervious soil, drainage shall be provided at the base of the I. hydrant by placing coarse gravel or crushed stone mixed with sand from the top of the reaction backing to at least 6 inches above the waste opening in the hydrant, and to a distance 3 feet around the elbow. No ' drainage system shall be connected to a sewer. 7. Reaction Backing. The bowl of each hydrant shall be braced against ' unexcavated earth at the end of the trench with concrete reaction backing as shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. IN NO CASE SHALL THE CONCRETE BACKING BLOCK OR IMPEDE FLOW FROM THE. FIRE HYDRANT DRAIN PORTS. 8. Retainer Glands. Retainer glands shall be installed as shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. 9. Painting. A touch-up coat plus one complete coat of chrome yellow pafnt, identical to the factory -applied paint, shall be applied to all above -ground parts of every fire hydrant. 472-3 Section 482 CIP Manholes TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the construction of standard and drop cast -in -place manholes. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation of 4 foot and 6 foot diameter manholes ' as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. Precast, brick, masonry, or vitrified clay radial block manholes will not be accepted for use on this project. ' B. MATERIALS 1. Concrete. Concrete used in the construction of standard and drop ' cast -in -place manholes shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 2. Mortar and Grout. Mortar or grout used in the construction of manholes shall be mixed in the proportion of one part of Portland cement and two parts mortar sand as defined elsewhere in these Specifications. The mixture shall be dry -mixed until it has a uniform color, after which ' water shall be added or the mixing continues until the mortar has a consistency such that it can be easily handled and spread with a trowel. Mortar or grout that has not been used within 30 minutes after water has ' been added shall not be used. 3. Manhole Rings and Lids. All castings for manhole frames, covers and ' other purposes must be of tough gray iron, free from cracks, holes, swells and cold shuts, shall be of workmanlike finish, and shall conform to the Plans. Allmatingsurfaces shall be machined fit., The quality shall be such that a blow from a hammer will produce an indentation on a I. rectangular edge of the casting without flaking the metal. Before leaving the foundry, all castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subjected to a hammer inspection. ' Manhole rings and lids shall be in accordance with the dimensions shown on the Plans. All manhole rings and lids, whether or not in street surfaces, shall be 24-1,/4 inch clear opening, 290 pound combined weight, similar to Vulcan Foundry No. V1348-2.- ' "Water resistant" manhole rings and lids where called for on the Plans shall be either Neenah No. R-1919 or Vulcan No. VM-50 Special, or equal. ' If Neenah No. R-1919 are furnished, they shall be furnished with pentagon -head bolts, and a total of two wrenches to fit pentagon -head bolts shall be furnished with the rings and lids. 1 482-1 Section 482 t CIP Manholes C. EXECUTION Excavation for Manholes. Excavation for manholes will be made of such dimension and depth as to allow the construction of the manhole as shown on the Plans. No extra payment shall be made for manhole excavation, and all surface removal shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 2. Base. The concrete base shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches and shall be poured on undisturbed earth. The base shall be poured so that the top of the base outside the barrel is a minimum of one-half of the inside diameter above the invert of all pipes entering the manhole. The base shall have a minimum diameter of 2 feet 0 inches greater than the outside diameter of the finished manhole barrel. Prior to pouring the base, any water in the excavation shall be removed, and the base poured in the dry. 3. Connections to Manholes. Pipe connections to manholes are a constant source of potential trouble. In order to ensure that pipe will not break immediately adjacent to the manhole, care shall be taken that excavation for the manhole bottom is limited to the area to be filled with concrete. The Contractor shall support pipe entering the manhole ALL OF THE WAY to solid bedding by backfilling under the pipe and up to mid-springline with concrete. 4. Invert. The invert of the manhole shall be hand -placed and shaped using concrete as specified. The base and barrel of the manhole shall be ' cleaned thoroughly prior to placement of the invert. The invert shall be shaped and smoothed so that the manhole will be self-cleaning and free of areas where solids may be deposited as sewage flows through the manhole. The entire diameter of each pipe entering the manhole barrel shall be cut smooth with the inside edge of the manhole barrel and the invert shaped throughout from all inlet pipes to the outlet pipe. 5. Manhole Barrels. The minimum thickness of manhole barrels shall be 8 inches. The barrel may be poured monolithically with the base, or the barrel forms may be set as soon as the concrete base has cured enough to support the forms. Except where 6 foot diameter manholes are called for on the Plans, all manholes shall be 4 feet in diameter as shown on the Plans details. Six (6) foot diameter manholes where called for on the Plans shall be as shown on Plans details. The 6 foot diameter manholes shall be of such construction that the bottom 5 feet shall be a 6 foot 0 inch diameter barrel ±1/2 inch. The next 2-1/2 feet shall be a transition from 6 foot 0 inch diameter barrel to a 4 foot 0 inch diameter barrel ±1/2 inch. The 4 foot 0 inch diameter barrel shall be a variable height to allow for a 2-1/2 foot transition from 4 foot 0 inch diameter barrel to a 2 foot 0 inch barrel ±1/2 inch and 1 foot of 2 foot 0 inch barrel to the , bottom of the precast manhole ring. Prior to setting the forms in place, any water that may have accumulated 482-2 ' Section 482 CIP Manholes in the excavated area..shall be pumped out and the concrete base thoroughly cleaned, if required,, of dirt and debris. All concrete shall be poured in the dry. Construction joints shall be provided with keyway ak shown on the Plans detail and shall have a 2 inch layer of grout applied to the previous pour immediately before the next wall lift is poured. The forms shall be removed after the initial set of the concrete so that • holes may be cut in the manhole barrel for the installation of pipes which are to enter the manhole at points other than adjacent to the manhole base. After these pipes have been put in place, the barrel shall be repaired using a grout mixture. If honeycombing of the barrel ou is .fnd to be present after removal of the forms, they shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. 6. Manhole Steps. Manhole steps shall be 10 inches wide and shall be constructed of steel reinforced fiberglass. Manhole steps shall be Perma-Step Model 100-2 as manufactured by Utility Products, Inc., or equal. 7. Manhole Heights. Manholes are to be built to thefl existing ground surface unless otherwise noted on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. The precast manhole rings and covers shall be attached by being cast into the top of the manhole or by being grouted to completed manhole as directed by the Engineer. Details for the construction of manholes are shown on the standard detail sheet of the Plans. 8. Drop Manholes. •Drop manholes, unless otherwise shown on the Plans, shall be constructed at all manholes where the difference in invert elevation between incoming and outgoing sewer is 2.5 feet or more. Drop manholes shall be constructed of the same material and dimensions as are ' standard manholes, the only difference being in the inlet arrangements as shown on the standard detail sheet. 9. Curn . Curing compounds or covers may be used at the option of the Contractor; However, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the concrete to prevent cracking during the curing process and to protect the manhole during freezing temperatures. The Engineer shall, at his discretion, prohibit pouring concrete during periods of ' extreme cold or inclement weather. 10. Backfilling: The manhole shall be backfilled evenly around its perimeter no less than 12 hours after the forms have been removed. Extra care shall be taken to compact all backfill to the top of the highest pipe entering the manhole. All backfilling shall be as ' specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 11. Watertightness. Al) manholes constructed shall be watertight and show no visible evidence of infiltration, and shall be tested in accordance with this Specification. The test shall be conducted by the Contractor in coordination with and at the direction of the Engineer. Manhole testing shall be as set out below: I 482-3 Section 482 CIP Manholes Vacuum Test. All incoming and outgoing sewer lines shall be plugged and vacuum drawn on manhole. The Contractor shall furnish suitable apparatus made for such purpose. The test shall pass when the vacuum has been brought to 10 inches of mercury (Hg) and remains or drops to no more than 9 inches Hg inta time greater than one minute. All manholes which fail the test shall be repaired or a new manhole constructed at the expense of the Contractor. Manholes which fail the test shall be retested after remedial measures are completed. ' 12. Concrete Protection. All manholes shall be protected by placement of coal tar epoxy to exterior of manholes. Material shall be two -component, self -priming, chemically -cured, catalyzed coal tar epoxy protective coating similar to Koppers Bitumastic 300-M. All oils, salts and loose concrete must be removed. Concrete must be , clean and thoroughly dry before coating. Two applications shall he applied at a rate of 8-10 dry mils per coat. Total dry mil thickness shall not be less than 16 mils. Second applications shall be applied a two hour minimum and 24 hour maximum of the first coat. I I I I I I !J I 1 482-4 ' Section 485 Manholes Demolished TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING MANHOLES TO BE DEMOLISHED A. GENERAL The work included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals t necessary to demolish existing manholes and repair surface to match the existing grade of the highway surface. B. MATERIALS 1. Crushed Stone Backfill. Crushed stone backfill required shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications for crushed stone base SB-2. 2. Concrete. Class A concrete shall be used in the demolition of existing manholes and surface. repair. Concrete shall be in accordance with ' .Section 503 of these Specifications. C. EXECUTION tThe manholes on abandoned sewers within existing or proposed highway construction shall be demolished. The Plans show the location of manholes and details of work required. The manhole ring and lid shall" be removed and delivered to the Fayetteville Water & Sewer Department at 1475 Cato Springs Road. The manhole shall be broken down to a minimum of 18 inches or to bottom of cone, i.e., to the 4 foot diameter portion. The manhole shall then • be filled, using SB-2 or select hillside, and compacted in 6-8 inch lifts. The entire excavation shall then be filled with SB-2 and compacted to a point 12 inches below pavement or ground surface. A concrete slab shall then be placed. The concrete slab shall be 12 inch minimum thickness and shall extend 12 inches minimum of outside wall of old manhole. I I I 485-1 I I I I I Section 487 Pipeline Cleanup, Seeding & Sodding TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPELINE CLEANUP, SEEDING AND SODDING A. GENERAL' Cleanup ;shall be considered an important part of this project, and adequate equipment and qualified personnel shall be applied to this phase of the work from the very beginning of the project. There is no separate pay item for cleanup ;and this work shall be considered subsidiary to the unit price bid for pipe. There are generally four classifications of cleanup to be used on this project, as set out below. Class I Cleanup. ,Areas of construction within lawns, gardens, or other well -kept areas, including street rights of way that are kept as lawns by adjacent landowners. Class II Cleanup. Areas of construction within fields, meadows and street rights of way which are mowed or cultivated (gardens excepted). Class III Cleanup. Areas of construction that are heavily brushed or `wooded, steep rocky slopes, or other areas where it is not practical for the, area to 'be cultivated. (THERE IS ON CLASS III CLEANUP ON THIS PROJECT.) ' ' Special Cleanup. Unless otherwise noted under paragraph B.4 below, no special cleanup will be required. Sodding. See paragraph B.9 below. B. METHOD OF CLEANUP The method of cleanup for each of the classes defined above shall be as set out below. 1. Class I Cleanup - Lawns, Gardens; Etc. The trench shall be backfilled in accordance with the Pipe Specifications. After the topsoil has been spread over the damaged areas, the Contractor shall proceed to hand rake ' the entire construction area to remove all rock 1 inch or larger in diameter. Debris of every type shall be removed and all damaged tree limbs shall be. pruned. After the area has been raked and accepted by the; Engineer, the area shall be seeded at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet, using the following seed mixture (percent expressed in terms of weight). Lawn Fescue 50% Rye Grass (Annual) 40% White Clover (Common) 5% Red Clover (Common) 5% I 487-1 Section 487 Pipeline Cleanup, Seeding & Sodding Planting Dates Cool Season Grasses Warm Season Grasses Cool Season Grasses (Rye, Fescue, Clovers) (Bermuda) (Rye, Fescue, Clovers) February 15 - May 15 May 15 - August 15 August 15 - November 1 I During or after seeding is complete, all areas shall be covered with 10-20-10 fertilizer at the rate of 250 pounds per acre, or approximately one-half pound per 100 square feet. No watering will be required. However, after seeding and fertilization the entire area shall be rolled with a roller of sufficient size and weight to achieve a smooth finished surface prior to mulching. , Straw mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a quality approved by the Engineer prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approximately 2 inches when first spread. Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw in sufficient quantity to bind mulch together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted. I Where the existing ground cover contains grasses such as Bermuda grass, Zoysia, etc., grasses not included in the prescribed seed mixture, the Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, removing and stockpiling the existing sod on the job site. After constructing the water line and backfilling the trench, the sod shall be replaced to a condition equal to or better than that prior to construction. In the event that insufficient sod has been stored, or sod has been lost or destroyed, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing new ground cover of the existing type in accord with Technical Specifications for "Sodding," included in these Specifications, to complete the cleanup. 2. Class II Cleanup - Fields, Meadows, Etc. The trench shall be backfilled in accordance with the Pipe Specifications. After the backfill is completed and the surface over the trench left slightly rounded, the area shall be machine raked to remove all rock to a condition equal to the existing surface on the better side of the adjacent existing right of way. All excess excavated material shall be removed from the site, including excess material which has accumulated around fence posts, trees, mailboxes, etc. All areas which have been disturbed, such as that caused by equipment tracks, shall be carefully backfilled and repaired as though it were a part of the actual trench excavation. Seeding and fertilizing of these areas is required using the seed mixture and application rates set out below (percent expressed in terms of weight). Field Fescue 50% Rye Grass (Annual) 40% White Clover (Common) 3% Red Clover (Common) 7% 487-2 1 Section 487 Pipeline Cleanup, Seeding & Sodding Planting,:'Dates Cool Season Grasses Warm Season Grasses Cool Season Grasses (Rye, Fescue, Clovers) (Bermuda) (Rye, Fescue, Clovers) i February 15 - May 15 May 15 - August 15 August 15 - November 1 After the area has been accepted by the Engineer, the area shall be 1 seeded at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet. During or after seeding is complete, all areas shall be covered with 10-20-10 fertilizer at'the rate of 250 pounds per acre, or approximately one-half pound per 100 square feet. No watering will be required. However, 'after seeding and fertilization the entire area shall be rolled with a roller of sufficient size and weight to achieve a smooth finished surface prior to mulching. Where the existing field grass is Bermuda, or other type not specified above, the Contractor shall place such topsoil as required, and shall seed with the existing type grass so that an equivalent ground cover will be provided. Straw mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a qualityapproved by the Engineer prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approximately 2 inches when first spread. ' Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw in sufficient quantity to bind mulch together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted. 3. Class III Cleanup - Steep, Wooded or Rocky Areas. The trench shall be badkfilled in accordance with the Pipe Specifications. After the trench backfill is complete, all damaged brush of every type shall be cut just below ground surface and all damaged limbs shall be trimmed. All brush and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor and the entire area shall be machihe raked so that the area of construction is in a condition equal to the existing surface on the better side of the existing adjacent right of way. When directed by the Engineer, the area of the trench line shall then be seeded and fertilized at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet using the same seed mixture, fertilizer and application rates as set out under Class II cleanup, except that tall fescue (Kentucky 31) shall be used in place of field fescue. Straw -mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a quality approved by the Engineer'prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approximately 2 inches when first spread. Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw in sufficient quantity to bind mulch I 487-3 Section 487 I Pipeline Cleanup, Seeding & Sodding together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted. 4. Special Cleanup. In several cases the water line crosses through or near to existing septic tank lateral fields. Anykdamage caused by the Contractor to such field shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Where septic tank leaching fields are known to exist, they have been brought to the Contractor's attention. This does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of assuring himself there are not other private utilities in the areas of construction. 5. All Areas. All work within the construction area shall be cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Engineer. In general, all rocks, trash or rubbish or any nature shall be removed from the site of the work. During construction, the Contractor shall at all times keep work areas in a clean, neat and workmanlike condition. Excess pipe, excavation, brush and materials of construction shall be removed and disposed of as the work progresses. In built-up areas, including lawns, the job site shall be cleaned up immediately behind construction. Streets and driveways blocked by excess materials after basic construction is completed will not be tolerated. I If the trench should settle while within one year of the project make the required repairs at accordance with the continuing Specifications. - the Contractor is still on the job or completion date, the Contractor shall no additional cost to the Owner in responsibility provisions of these 6. Restoration of Damaged Surfaces and Property. Where any pavement, trees, shrubbery, fences, poles or other property and surface structures have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor, whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the contract documents, state laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor. 7. Access after Construction. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all areas shall be graded after construction so as to be accessible by four wheel drive vehicle. 8. Erosion Control. The Contractor shall terrace slopes where, in the opinion of the Engineer, potential erosion problems may arise after construction. 9. Sodding. The Contractor shall provide and place high quality Bermuda or Zoysia grass sod in areas not presently sodded when directed by the Engineer. As described in paragraph B.1 above, it is the Contractor's responsibility to cut, remove, save and replace sod in those lawns or other improved areas which are presently covered with high quality Bermuda or Zoysia sod. I I It i T I 487-4 I Section 491 Street Crossings .TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY STREET CROSSINGS A. GENERAL This item shall consist of obtaining permits and posting bonds and/or deposits which may be required by the Owner, and providing all labor, ' equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the crossing, maintaining and restoring streets and roads to the satisfaction of the permitting entity. The work shall include every item of work necessary for a complete and acceptable installation. B. MATERIALS 1 1. Pipe Bedding Material. Pipe bedding material shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 2. Crushed Stone Backfill. Crushed stone backfill (where specified) shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications for crushed stone base (SB-2): 3. Crushed Stone Base SB-2. Crushed stone base (SB-2) shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 4. Prime Coat. Prime coat material shall be Grade MC -30 as set forth in • Section 403.03, Table II, on page 160 of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Commission Standard Specifications. 5. Asphaltic Concrete Hot -Mixed Surface Course. The asphaltic concrete hot -mixed surface course shall be Type II as set forth in Section 408.02, page 175, of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Commission Standard Specifications. C. REFERENCED MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION The following specifications are hereby referenced and made a part of these Specifications. These specifications are contained in the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction," Edition of 1978, published by the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Commission. The page numbers given below refer to pages in these "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction." These specifications are available for inspection in the Engineer's office, or may be obtained from the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Little Rock, Arkansas; and are set out below. i L1 491-1 1 Section 491 Street Crossings I Bituminous Pavement Prime and Tack Coats, Section 401 Materials and Equipment for Bituminous Surface Courses, Section 403 ................... Asphaltic Concrete Hot -Mix Surface Course, Section 408 Materials and Equipment for Hot -Mix Bituminous Binder and Surface Courses, Section 409 Construction Methods for Hot -Mix Bituminous Binder and Surface Courses, Section 410 D. EXECUTION Pages 150-153 157-165 174-177 177-188 188-195 The Contractor shall obtain required permits, and post required bonds and/or deposits with the permitting entity. Street crossings shall be performed in accord with the Owner's Code of Ordinances. The Contractor shall provide and maintain during his construction activities adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards as required to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. All materials piles, equipment and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be enclosed by fences and/or barricades and shall be protected by adequate torches and lanterns. Execution of adequate safety precautions set forth in the General and Special Conditions is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry on the work in a manner which will cause the least interruption to traffic, and may close to through travel not more than two consecutive blocks, including the cross street intersected. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street intersections and driveways. The Contractor shall post suitable signs indicating that a street is closed and necessary detour signs for a proper maintenance of traffic. The Contractor shall department, ambulance All areas excavated appurtenances within pipe protection cove Specifications. obtain permission from the City and notify the fire service, etc. prior to closing of any street. for the construction of water and sewer lines and city streets and/or county roads shall have bedding, r and backfill placed as specified elsewhere in these Crushed stone base (SB-2) shall be placed and compacted to 95 percent of modified Proctor density (ASTM D1557-78), as shown on the Plans detail. All asphaltic surfaces shall be replaced wit surface course. Asphaltic concrete hot -mixed be constructed as specified herein, as shown o h n asphaltic concrete hot -mixed surface course, Type II, shall the Plans detail. I I I I I I I I I I I J Li I t1 I I 491-2 I Section 491 Street Crossings All Portland cement surfaces shall be replaced with Portland cement concrete. Portland cement concrete" surfacing shall 'be constructed as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, as shown on the Plans detail. All unpaved driving surfaces' shall be replaced with cru%hed stone base SB-2: Las specified elsewhere in these Specifications, as shown on the Plans detail. All street and county road rights -of -way disturbed by construction of these water facilities shall be•restored to its original or equivalent condition as required;by the permitting entity, including the restoration of any public right of way monumentation. In general, street right-of-way cleanup and surface restoration shall be considered Class II as set out in Section 487, unless the area is being kept as a lawn, then the cleanup shall be considered Class I. I I 1 i I I i ' 491-3 I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 495 Driving Surface, Curb & Gutter Repair STREET OVERLAY, DRIVING SURFACE, SIDEWALK AND CURB AND GUTTER REPAIR ' t A. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist.of providing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the repair of driving surfaces, curb and gutter, and sidewalks. This Specification is intended for any driving surface, paved or unpaved, including but not limited to streets, roads, driveways, and parking lots. All pavement repair shall be done by a professional paving contractor. ,� This Specification does not apply to state or interstate highways, or driving surfaces within railroad rights of way unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. MATERIALS 1. Prime Coat. Prime coat material shall be Grade MC -30 as set forth in Section 403.03, Table II, on page 160 of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications. 2. Tadk Coat. Tack Coat material shall be Grade SS -1, as set forth in Section 403.03, Table III, on page 161 of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications. I 3. Hot -Mixed, Hot -Laid Asphaltic Concrete. The hot -mix asphalt surface course shall conform in composition to the weights and gradation of Type 2 asphalt as set forth under Section 408, page -174, of the I1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard. Specifications, using asphalt cement viscosity grade AC -30. i 4. Concrete. Concrete shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 5. Crushed Stone Base. Crushed stone base shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. The Contractor shall submit suppliers' certificates stating that the materials provided are in conformance with these Specifications.. ' 6. Curb and Gutter Joint Sealer. Curb and gutter joint sealer shall be either Type 1, Type 2, or Type 3 in accordance with Section 501 of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications. C. MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IThe following specifications are hereby referenced and made a part of these Specifications. These specifications are contained in the "Standard I 1 495-1 Section 495 Driving Surface, Curb & Gutter Repair k Specifications for Highway Construction," Edition of 1978, published by the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Commission. The page numbers given below refer to pages in these "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction." i These Specifications are available for inspection in the Engineer's office, or may be obtained from the Arkansas State Highway Department, Little Rock, Arkansas, and are set out below. Bituminous Pavement, Part 400 Pages , Prime and Tack Coats, Section 401 ...... 150-153 Bituminous Surface Treatment, Section 402 ............ 153-157 Materials and Equipment for Bituminous Surface Courses, Section 403 157-165 Asphaltic Concrete Hot -Mix Surface Course, Section 408 174-177 Materials and Equipment for Hot -Mix Bituminous Binder and Surface Courses, Section 409 177-188 Construction Methods for Hot -Mix Bituminous Binder and Surface Courses, Section 410 188-195 CONSTRUCTION Pavement Removal, Pipe Protection Cover and Backfill. The pavement shall be removed, pipe protection cover placed, and trench backfilled in accordance with the pipe Specifications according to the type of pipe being installed. All pavements which have been removed or damaged shall be repaired in accordance with these Specifications and as shown on the Plans. No payment for repair will be made for pavements damaged outside the width of payment shown on the Plans. Any damage outside these pay limits shall be repaired in like manner at the Contractor's expense. Asphaltic Pavement Repair. After the trench has been backfilled and compacted, as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, permanent repair shall be made as follows. The existing pavement shall be saw -cut and removed to a point 18 inches beyond the trench line limits, or as directed by the Engineer, and brought to grade 3 inches below the top of the existing pavement. This area shall then be resurfaced by applying asphaltic cement prime coat at the rate of 0.25 gallons/square yard, followed by a minimum of 3 inches of hot -mixed, hot -laid asphaltic concrete, laid to an elevation matching the existing finished grade. The hot -mixed, hot -laid asphaltic concrete shall be compacted to 92 percent of theoretical density. One nuclear densometer test per asphaltic patch or repair shall be performed. The cost of•determining the compacted density shall be at the expense of the Contractor. U I I I I I I I I 495-2 Section 495 Driving Surface, Curb & Gutter Repair Any unacceptable„.patch or repair,shall be recompacted and retested I. at the Contractor's expense. b. Unpaved Driving Surface Repair. After the trench has been backfilled and compacted as specified elsewhere in these Specifications, the surface shall be brought to the existing grade with additional crushed stone base (AHTD SB-2). ' 2. Barricades, Guards and Safety Provisions. To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work and until it is safe for traffic to use the roadway. All material piles, equipment and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be enclosed by fences or barricades and shall be protected by proper lights when the '• visibility is poor. Execution of all safety precautions previously set forth in these Specifications is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Maintenance of Traffic and Closing of Streets. The Contractor shall • carry on the work in a manner which will cause the least interruption to traffic, and may close to through travel not more than two consecutive blocks, including the cross street intersected. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street intersections and driveways. AThe, Contractor shall post suitable signs indicating that a street is closed and necessary detour signs for a proper maintenance of traffic. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the City and notify the fire department, ambulance service, etc. prior to closing of any street. ' 4. Piping Excavated Material for Reuse. All excavated material which is to be reused shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the work is completed. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage, and natural water courses shall not be obstructed. 5. Removal of Excess Material. All excess excavated material shall be ' loaded in trucks during the excavating operation, hauled from the job site and disposed of at the option of the Contractor. 6. Cleanup. Cleanup of areas behind the curb and gutter and around sidewalks shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. I I 1 495-3 I n I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS RAILROAD CROSSINGS FOR UTILITY RELOCATION PROJECTS A. GENERAL Section 498 Railroad Crossings (UR) The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of all labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary to bore or tunnel and install a steel casing pipe of the size, length and wall thickness as shown on the Plans or install ductile iron pipe in an open trench without disrupting traffic of the railroad company. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans, as hereinafter specified, and as required by Arkansas -Missouri Railroad. ' B. MATERIALS 1. Carrier Pipe and Direct Burial Pipe. The carrier pipe shall be in ' conformance with that section of these Specifications which governs ductile iron water pipe and PVC sewer pipe. 2. Casing Pipe. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all casing pipe shall be welded or seamless steel pipe having a wall thickness and diameter as shown on the Plans, and having a yield strength of 35,000 pounds per ' square inch. C. CONSTRUCTION The locations of railroad crossings are shown on the Plans. The crossings shall be made by boring or tunneling and inserting a steel casing pipe of the type, thickness, diameter and length as shown on the Plans. Ii. Location of Utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible, for the location of all utility lines located within the area of construction. 2. Borings. The crossings, except those under a trestle, shall be made by boring or tunneling and inserting the casing pipe. The top of the casing pipe shall be a minimum of 3 feet below the low point of the railroad cross section (including ditches), 4.5 feet below the bottom of rail.s on the secondary track, or 5.5 feet below the bottom of rails on the main track, whichever yields the greater depth. The casing pipe shall extend 25 feet from the centerline of main track,•or 2 feet beyond the toe of fill slopes, or 3 feet beyond the toe of in -slope in cut, whichever yields the greater length. 3. Blocking Carrier Pipe (Sewer). The carrier pipe shall be inserted through the casing and shall be blocked to the required grade and to provide equal support between bells. The casing pipe shall then be filled with sand to prevent movement of the carrier pipe. The casing pipe shall then be sealed on each end using brick and concrete. I 498-1 Section 498 Railroad Crossings (UR) I 4. Blocking Carrier Pipe (Water). The carrier pipe shall be inserted through the casing and shall be blocked, and shall then be sealed on each end using brick and concrete. 5. Trench Backfill. Trench backfill of bore pits shell be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications for pipeline trench backfill. 6. Direct Burial Pipe Crossings. Direct burial pipe crossings shall be installed with bedding, backfill, cleanup and seeding applicable for that particular pipeline. Note: No additional payment shall be made for direct burial pipe crossings. Direct burial pipe crossings shall be subsidiary to the pipe. 7. Restoration. Any railroad property these wastewater and water facilities or equivalent condition as required by disturbed by the installation of shall be restored to its original the railroad company. I I I I I !J L I I u 1 LI [Ti I I 1 498-2 ' Section 499 ASHTD Crossings CUR) ' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARKANSAS STATE HIGHWAY CROSSINGS FOR UTILITY RELOCATION PROJECTS IA. GENERAL The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary to bore and insert a casing pipe, or to open cut as required, existing Arkansas state highway(s). B. MATERIALS 1. Carrier.Pipe. The carrier pipe shall be in conformance to that section of the Specifications governing ductile iron water pipe or PVC sewer pipe. 2. Casing Pipe. Casing pipe shall be either steel or corrugated galvanized metal pipe. a. Steel Pipe. Steel casing pipe shall be welded or seamless steel I. pipe having a minimum wall thickness of 0.25 inch and a minimum yield strength of 35,000 pounds per square inch. ' b. Corrugated Galvanized Metal Pipe. CGMP casing pipe shall be galvanized steel riveted, Type I or Type II Hel-Cor pipe, 14 gauge. Material shall be in accordance with Section 606, pages 263-265, of the 1978 Edition of the Arkansas State Highway Department Standard Specifications, and ASTM Designation A760, latest revision. C. CONSTRUCTION The Plans show the location of highway crossings to be made. The crossings shall be accomplished by either boring or open cut and inserting a casing pipe of the type and thickness, diameter and length as specified or shown on 'the Plans. 1. Location of Utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for the ' location of. all utility lines located within the area of construction. 2. Traffic Control. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide sufficient flagmen, signs, barricades, lights and other items required to ensure complete safety of the public and the workmen at all times. ' Traffic control on state or federal highways shall be conducted and. maintained as set forth in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices as published by the U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway I. Administration. The following data sheets are intended as guidelines for typical sign dimensions and application for various types of installation. 1 499-1 Section 499 ' ASHTD Crossings CUR) 3. Borings. The crossing shall be made by boring, tunneling or open cut and inserting a casing pipe. The top of the casing pipe shall be a minimum of 2.5 feet below the low points of the roadbed cross section (including ditches) or 4.0 feet below the top of the pavement at any location along the casing pipe, whichever gives the greater depth. 4. Blocking Carrier Pipe (Sewer). The carrier pipe shall be inserted 1 through the casing pipe and shall be blocked to the required grade and to provide equal support between bells. The casing pipe shall then be filled with sand to prevent movement of the carrier pipe. The casing pipe shall then be sealed on each end using brick and concrete. 5. Blocking Carrier Pipe (Water). The carrier pipe shall be inserted through the casing pipe and shall be blocked, and shall then be sealed on each end using brick and concrete. 6. Open Cut. If approval to •open cut is received, the Contractor shall 1 proceed the installation in full accordance with all provisions and special conditions set forth by the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department. Any additional cost of deposits or bonds for open cutting shall be borne by the Contractor. Since the return of the deposit required by the ASHTD depends upon returning the roadbed to its original or better condition, the Contractor will be required to complete this item of construction to the satisfaction of the Highway Department. 7. Restoration of Property. Any highway property disturbed by the I installation of the facility shall be restored to its original or equivalent condition including establishing a sod as required by the District Engineer, and public right of way monumentation disturbed in the course of the construction. LI I I C I I 1 499-2 I 1 I. I. I. Li I I I II p. 1 I I y E 1 I e I I . I S q 11 . •1' I e I I i .II <gi �' III ,1 • II ill I I• I 1III I I I IiI I. a °• I I I ra O s U I I ^ r :• s• ri Is -_ • t I _ -a Ii 5 III ♦ �'Ii .. I e ¢ t i <I °^ I ! a 1 it ; ..ao :a ill'� c I i I J•J ••_ ^II• ).. II eV J ^I Y •141 V�� 11 I ii a - a ♦ 1 V Y V ,- V i I b < O 0 .-.� I• b 3 I. -} a b • 'IJ 1 rid I -I I I_i .. • I I i I �. LJIi H ; • •III 1 e • - II,I 11� • I I r • _ I — � I I I . • j,' 111 alli. LJI n • •I II II I [I I I I I I XJ _ r J I III -=r II.- J Ill . . I �S -- p '" `c • I I I I Y • : e 71- a - I• ;a `I - i La °f%Q t S. • :i :i• _ [ ♦ Nt o u H � • e 1 � s MI ' - M 3 :^ [I w p zp Vp I_?. YJi pJp I 1 F A ' nI11Jl-I n M 1nr i 1 Y i 3• i I I.Ip ¢ ,I .��-fits;,. -w - Q Xi .>.'t_g _Jr •I ' 1111 � � • - I V loon - I ! V Y r• V V u I. •— a rI - IL _c am -o I i , I Y •- U f.V Y �� Y �- U ^ I1 J Yrl I- VIIII J� i I Z I) rw•rr 0 3 _: w o 3 �w<-J 3 ' 1 . I 1 I Li I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE A. GENERAL Section 503 Concrete All concrete shall be ready -mix concrete. Class A concrete is defined as concrete with six bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete and with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Class A concrete shall be used for pouring manholes, concrete driveway repair, sidewalk, and curb and gutter repair. Class B concrete is defined as concrete with five bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete and with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2,000 psi. Class B concrete will be used for reaction backing, pipe encasement, and where otherwise directed by the Engineer. All concrete shall have air entrainment (3 percent to 6 percent) added at the ready -mix plant by the concrete supplier. Concrete will be supplied by a ready -mix concrete company approved by the ' Engineer. Mix designs must be submitted to the Engineer for approval for Class A; and Class B concrete. Concrete must be placed within 1-1/2 hours of the time it is batched. Batch tickets must have the batch time written on them. Concrete shall be poured during suitable weather conditions and be protected from freezing and other inclement conditions until initial set is obtained. Concrete tests may be made at the direction of the Engineer. ' If the concrete meets the above requirements, the cost of the tests will be borne by the Owner. If the concrete does not meet the above requirements, the cost of .the tests will be borne by the Contractor. Concrete shall not be ' poured with a slump of over 5 inches. Concrete shall not be used after it has taken its initial set. I I I I I I I ' 503-1 I J I I I II I I I I I I I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIQNS METHODS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. GENERAL Section 1200 Payment Methods of measurement and payment as set out in the Specifications covering the various items of construction are hereby clarified and superseded as set out herein. Wherever they are not clarified or superseded herein, methods of payment as provided in the applicable section of the Specifications shall govern. Payment for all work under this contract shall be made at the unit and lump sum prices bid under the various items of the Bid as hereinafter set out. SCHEDULE -A - WATER IMPROVEMENTS Bid Items 1, 2 and 3 - Water Line Pipe Payment for pipe shall be made at the unit prices bid per linear foot for the various types and sizes of pipe, complete in place. The unit prices bid shall include furnishing and installing pipe including polyethylene encasement, making ties to system, and every item of construction not specifically -set out to be paid for under other items of the Bid. Measurement shall be based on the total length of the line including pipe required for ties to the existing system and for fire hydrant settings with no deduction made for valves or fittings. Measurement shall be made with a steel tape along the centerline of the top of the pipe. Measurement for fire hydrant leads will be from the center of the main line to the center of the fire hydrant. Bid Items 4 and 6 - -Steel Casing (including Bore) Payment for steel casing shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot,. The unit price bid shall include the furnishing and installation of said casing, including boring existing highway, and every other item of work required for a complete installation. Bid Item 5 - Steel Casing (including Open Trench) Payment for steel casing shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot. The unit price bid shall include the furnishing and installation of said casing, including trench excavation and furnishing and compacting of backfill each side of the highway bore, and every other item of work required for a complete installation. - Bid Items 7, 8 and 9 - Valves (Butterfly and Gate) Payment for butterfly and gate valves (except 6 inch gate valves required for fire hydrant installations) shall be made at the unit price bid for each of the various types and sizes of valves, complete in place. The price bid shall include furnishing and installing the I 1200-1 Section 1200 ' Payment valves, valve boxes, concrete pad at ground surface, valve operator extension stems (if required), and every other item of work required for a complete installation as specified. 1 Bid Item 10 - 12" x 6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve Payment for tapping sleeve and valve shall be made at the unit price bid. The price bid shall include the sleeve installed on existing pipe, flange by mechanical joint valve, and drilling of water line. Price bid shall also include adjustable valve box, concrete collar, concrete reaction backing, and other items of work required for a complete installation. Bid Item 11 - Light -Weight (Compact) Ductile Iron Fittings , Payment for ductile iron fittings will be made at the unit price bid per pound under these items for these various types of ductile iron fittings, as provided. The unit price bid shall include the furnishing installation of the fittings, and all other related work not specifically compensated for under other items of the Bid. The weight of the fittings will be based on standard weight tables for naked mechanical joint fittings, as set out in ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53, light weight fittings. The price bid shall include furnishing and installing the fittings and the required concrete reaction backing in accordance with the reaction detail schedule set out on the Plans. Bid Item 12 - Fire Hydrant Installations , Payment for fire hydrant assembly installations shall be made at the unit price bid. The price bid shall include the furnishing and installation of the fire hydrant, hydrant extension where required, the 6 inch auxiliary gate valve, concrete reaction backing, and every other item required for a complete installation which is not specifically compensated for under other items of the Bid. The price bid under this item shall also include the installation of the fire hydrant barrel extension, if required. Bid Item 13 - Removal of Existing Fire Hydrants Payment for the removal of existing fire hydrant assemblies including 6 inch auxiliary valve and valve box shall be made at the unit price bid under this item. The price bid shall include cleaning as specified and hauling the salvaged equipment to the Owner's storage area on Cato ' Springs Road in Fayetteville, Arkansas. SCHEDULE B - SEWER IMPROVEMENTS ' Bid Item 14 - Steel Casing (including Open Trench) Payment for steel casing shall be made at the unit price bid per linear 1 foot. The unit price bid shall include the furnishing and installation of said casing, including trench excavation and furnishing and 1200-2 ' Section 1200 Payment compacting of backfill each side of thelhighway bore, and every other 'item of work required for a complete installation. Bid Item'' 15 - Steel Casing (including Bore) t Payment for steel casing shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot. The unit price bid shall include the furnishing and installation of said casing, including boring existing highway, and every other item ' of work required for a complete installation. Bid Items 16, 17, 18 and 19 - Gravity Sewers (including Manhole Stubouts) I. Payment for gravity sewers shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot, complete in place. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for clearing, timber and brush disposal, right-of-way ' preparation, stripping and stockpiling where required, excavation to 6 foot depth, trenching, shoring, dewatering, pipe bedding material, connection to existing manholes or sewer line where required, furnishing and laying various sizes of gravity sewers as shown on the Plans, backfill, cleanup, seeding, fertilizing and mulching, testing, fence repair, utility repair, and every item of construction not specifically set out in the Bid and this section to be paid for under other items. ' Measurement shall be based on the total length of line laid, including pipe required for ties to the existing system, with no deduction made for manholes. Bid Items 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 and 25 - Extra Depth Trench Payment for extra depth trench shall be made according to the unit price bid.The linear feet to be paid for under each item shall be determined by plotting the original earth's surface and the invert elevation of the sewer line or force main as constructed. By using these plotting procedures, the Engineer will determine the final quantity to be paid for under each item, with reduction for appurtenances. EXAMPLE: If the ' ditch measures 7 feet 6 inches, payment will be made unde�6 foot to 8 foot classification. If the ditch measures 9 feet 6 inches, payment will be made under the 8 foot to 10 foot classification, and no payment will be made for the 6 foot to 8 foot classification. Bid Items' 26 and 27 - 4' Diameter Cast -in -Place Manholes (including Drops) Payment for 4 foot diameter cast -in -place manholes from 0 to 6 feet deep shall be made at the unit price bid. The price bid shall be full compensation for every item of work to complete the manholes as shown on the Plans and as specified, including excavation, forming of 3 feet of 4 foot barrel, 2 feet of transition from 4 foot barrel to 2 foot barrel and 1 foot of 2 foot barrel, concrete invert, manhole ring and lid as shown on the Plans (whether it be a traffic ring and lid, a standard ' non -traffic ring and lid, or a water-resistant ring and lid), exterior drop assembly where required, backfill, and every other item required for a complete installation as shown on the Plans and specified. 1 1200-3 Section 1200 Payment Bid Item 28 - 4' Diameter Manhole Barrel Extension Payment for 4 foot manhole barrel extensions for 4 foot manholes above 6 feet and for 6 foot manholes above 10 feet shall be made at the unit price bid. The price bid shall be full compensation for every item of work to complete the manhole barrel extensions as shown on the Plans and as specified, including forming of 4 foot barrel, concrete, backfill, and every other item required for a complete installation as shown on the Plans and specified. Measurement shall be by the linear foot to the nearest 0.1 foot from 6 feet to the top of the manhole ring for extensions to 4 foot manholes, and from 10 feet to the top of the manhole ring for extensions to 6 foot manholes. Bid Item 29 - Existing Manholes Demolished Manholes to be demolished are located within limits of proposed highway construction. Work required shall include in part: plugging with concrete all pipe outlets of manhole, filling manhole to a point 12 inches from road surface with compacted SB-2, removing and cleaning manhole ring and lid, delivering to the Owner's storage area on Cato Springs Road, and breaking manhole out to a point 12 inches below road surface and filling excavation (top 12 inches) with concrete. Payment shall be made for each manhole demolished. Bid Item 30 - Rock Excavation ' Payment for rock excavation shall be made in accord with the unit price bid per cubic yard. Measurement of rock excavation shall be as specified. Trench excavation for gravity sewer lines classified as "rock excavation" in accord with the Specifications shall be paid for under this Bid item. Bid Item 31 - Crushed Stone Base (12" Depth) Payment for crushed stone base for road, street, driveway and parking ' lot crossings shall be in accordance with the unit price bid. The price bid shall be full compensation for SB-2 crushed limestone backfill compacted in place 12 inches in depth and the full trench width, the disposal of trench excavation, and maintenance of crossing, for a complete installation as detailed on the Plans. Bid Item 32 - Repair of Concrete Walkway ' Repair of concrete walkway, complete in place, including required compaction, furnishing all labor, equipment and materials. Square yard measurements will be made in accord with detail as shown on the Plans. Bid Item 33 - Asphaltic Concrete Payment for asphaltic concrete required for the repair of driving surfaces shall be made in accordance with the unit price bid per ton, 1200-4 1 nl 4sa.'rl t ' Section 1200 • Payment ' complete in place. .The price bid shall include every item of work required for preparation of the area to be paved, including the compaction of crushed limestone base. The crushed limestone base shall be compensated for under the SB-2 crushed limestone item of the Bid. Limits of areas to be compensated for shall be determined by the Engineer. Payment will be made from weight tickets furnished by suppliers and signed by the Engineer representative. ' Bid Item 34 - Concrete Pipe.Encasement Payment for concrete used for pipe encasement shall be made in accordance with the unit price bid per linear foot, and to the dimension shown on the Plans or width of excavation. Bid Item 35 - Tie to System (3/4 inch through 2 inch) Tie to existing 3/4 inch through 2 inch lines will include all saddles, corporations, valves, fittings, and every other item necessary for a complete installation. I I. 1 L 1 . 1 1200-5 • CHANGE ORDER MICROFILMED (Instructions on reverse side) No. PROJECT: Water ,& Sewer Relocation DATE OF ISSUANCE: November 30, 1990 Relative to Hwy 180 Grade Separation OWNER: City of Fayetteville 115 West Central (Name, Address) Fayetteville, AR 72701 CONTRACTOR: Fayette Tree & Trench P. 0. Box 471 Fayetteville, AR CONTRACT FOR: Relocation of Water and Sewer Facilities OWNER's Project No. Fy-198 ENGINEER: McGoodwin, Williams & Yates 909 Rolling Hills Drive Fayetteville, AR ENGINEER's Project No. -Fy-198 You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents. Description: To add 70 days to the contract time and to provide a pay item for 8" X 4" wyes. Purpose of ChangeOtder: To provide additional contract time & to provide payment for 8" x 4" wyes. Attachments: (List documents supporting change) Attachment 1 - Explanation of Time Extension Attachment 2 - Additional Pay Item CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: Original Contract Price $ 128,059.50 Previous Change Orders No. to No. $ .7i Contract Price prior to this Change Order $ 128;059.50'.. Net Increase (cjegpti8xe) of this Change Order $ 500.00 Contract Price withall approved Change Orders $ 128,559.50 r CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME: Original Contract Time 60 days or date Net change from previous Change Orders 0 days Contract Time Prior to this Change Order 60 days or dale Net Increase patJtxJ'@'di*) of this Change Order 70 days Contract Time with all approved Change Orders 130 days or Jan 13, 1991 days or dale RECOMM NDED: APPROVED: APPROVED: - (T-/ cum Engineer Contractor or No. 1910-8-B (1983 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee nd endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. f CHANGE ORDER INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Time. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Directive Change must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Time. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Time should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating change order items to reduce the adminis- trative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time, a Field Order may be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attach- ments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Contractor for approval. After approval by Contractor, all copies should be sent to Owner for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by Owner. If a change only applies to price or to time, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. ATTACHMENT 1 Fy-198 Water & Sewer Relocation Relative to Hwy. 180 Grade Separation Reasons for Time Extension The first day of original contract time began September 5, 1990. Fayette Tree and Trench couldn't begin work until October 17, 1990 when the easement for the Haney property was acquired, which caused a 42 day delay. Fayette Tree and trench couldn't begin the waterline bore and encasement for the railroad crossing until the Railroad Permit was received November 7, 1990. This caused some delay. Since the project has been delayed to the season of the year when bad weather days are expected and some working days are lost in the holidays, Fayette Tree and Trench is asking for the deadline to be extended to January 13, 1990 or 70 days added to the original contract time. CONTRACT State of Arkansas County of Washington THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of 19 , by and,, between the City, of Fayetteville, County d'f W ington, Stat'eTof Arkansas, Party of the First Part.,, hereinafter called the Owner, and Fayette Tree & Trench, Inc. of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas , Party of the Second Part, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the Owner has called for bids for the construction of Water and Sewer Relocation - Relative to Highway 180 Grade Separation, as set out in the Plans and Specifications and approved by the Board of Directors, of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the published calls for bids under said Plans and Specifications, the Contractor is thelowest and best bidder for the construction of said Water and Sewer Relocation; NOW THEREFORE, the Contractor agrees with the Owner to commence and complete the construction of: Water and Sewer Relocation consisting of approximately 1,200 feet of 12 inch and 300 feet of 6 inch ductile iron water pipe; 1,000 feet of sewer in 8, 10 and 12 inch sizes, together with highway crossings, ties to systems and other appurtenances, which consists of all items as set out in the Bid, these Specifications and Plans No. Fy-198, including all items of work for a complete installation, for the unit and lump sum prices proposed in the Bid, all of which become and are a part of this contract, the total sum being One Hundred Twenty -Eight Thousand Fifty -Nine and 50/100 ---------------------- dollars ($128,059.50 ), such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his 'own cost and expense furnish all materials, supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Bid attached, hereto and made a part hereof,.and in accordance with the Technical Specifications, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and in accordance with the Plans,. which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter thereof. 6-1 a. The Contractor agrees to commence work under this contract within ten days of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and fully complete all work necessary to place the Water and Sewer Relocation in operation and have all work completed within sixty (60) calendar days from the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the accepted Bid therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Specifications, and to make payment on account thereof as provided below. As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, the Owner will make partial payments to the. Contractor for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's estimate of work completed, said estimate being certified by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner. Except. as otherwise provided by law, ten percent (10%) of each approved estimate shall be retained by the. Owner until final completion and acceptance by the Owner and Engineer. The Engineer shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and subsequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder shall be and are essential conditions hereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work within the time stipulated herein. If the Contractor fails in completing the contract within the time stipulated herein, the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner, as liquidated damages, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in completion,. said amounts being fixed and agreed upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and. ascertaining the actual damages Owner would in such event sustain, said amounts are to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage Owner would sustain. Said. amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due Contractor under the Final Estimate of.said work,. after the completion thereof, and Contractor shall be entitled only to the Final Estimate less such amounts of liquidated damages. If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or of the Owner's employees, or by any other Contractor: employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. No such extension shall. be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause for delay, only one claim is necessary. M In the event the Contractor abandons. the work hereunder or fails, neglects or refuses to continue the -.work after ten (10) days written notice, given Contractor by the Owner or by the Engineer, then the Owner shall have the option of 1) declaring this contract at an end, in which event the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any work theretofore performed hereunder, or 2) requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to complete and carry out the contract of Contractor;- and in that event, should the surety fail, neglect or refuse to carryout said contract, 3) said Owner may complete the contract at its own expense and maintain an action against the Contractor and the surety hereto for the actual cost of same, together with any damages or other expense sustained or incurred by Owner in completing this contract, less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid Contractor upon the completion of this contract. This contract shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the Owner and Contractor have hereto set their hands and seals, respectively. Fayette Tree & Trench, Inc. Firm Name' BY A-0 Eugene Nottenkamper, Pre ident Witnesses* *(If corporation, secretary should attest.) CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS• Attest: I Sherry L. omas,• City Clerk W 6-3 BID WATER AND SEWER RELOCATION Relative. to Highway 180 Grade Separation (Fayetteville) FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Federal Aid Project RRS-042-1(7) AHTD Job 40042 Plans No. Fy-198 Dated June 1990 Board of Directors City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain, Room 307 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 To the Board of Directors: 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty days after the day of Bid opening. Bidder will sign and submit the Contract Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the bidding requirements within ten days after the date of Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as more fully set forth in the Contract` Agreement, that: a) Bidder has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the • following addenda (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) Date Number July 26, 1990 1 and such addenda are attached to the Bid. , 5-1 b) Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or •furnishing of the Work. c) Bidder has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface .conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions, and. accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC -4.2 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which Bidder is entitled to rely. d) Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in c above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, ,performance or furnishing of the Work as Bidder considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of •the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by Bidder for such purposes. e) Bidder has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities • at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. Wo additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data • in respect to said Underground Facilities are or will be required by Bidder in order.to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph.4.3 of the General Conditions. f) 'Bidder has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, 'reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. g) •Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the 'written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. h) This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity 'with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and 'Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over .any other Bidder or over Owner. 5-2 4. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid. Required Bid Security in the check for 5% Bid Bond form of bid bond or certified . or cashier's I 5. The Bidder will complete the Work for the following unit and lump sum prices: This project is divided into Schedules A and B for accounting purposes only. SCHEDULE A - WATER IMPROVEMENTS Item Estimated Description of Item and Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid Total No. Quantity Amount 1. 1,100 Linear Feet, 12" Ductile Iron Class 50 Water Line Pipe, complete in place Twenty -One and 90/100----------------------- dollars( 21.90 )/L.F. $ 24,090.00 (Dol;lar Amount Written in Words) (Figures) (Total in Figures) 2. 350 Linear Feet, 6" Ductile. Iron Class 50 Water Line Pipe, complete in place Fifteen. and 82/100---------=---------------- dollars( 15.82 )/L.F. 5,537.00 3. 220 Linear Feet, 2" Water Line (Class 200 PVC) complete in place Ten and 50/100-----=------------------------ dollars( 10.50 )/L.F. 4. 200 Linear Feet, 18" Steel Casing (3/8" wall), including railroad bore, complete in place Seventy -Eight and 50/100-------------------- dollars( 78.50 )/L.F 5. 30 Linear Feet, 12" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including open trench and compacted backfill, complete in place One Hundred Forty and no/100----------------dollars( 140.00)/L.F. 6. 40 Linear Feet, 12" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including highway • bore, complete in place One Hundred Forty and no/100----------------dollars( 140.00)/L.F. 2,310.00 15,700.00 4,200.00 5,600.00 5-3 Item Estimated Description of Item and Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid Total No. Quantity Amount 7. 3 Each, 12" Butterfly Valves, complete in place Eight Hundred Fifty and no/100--------------dollars( 850.00)/Each $ 2,550.00 8. 3 Each, 6" Gate Valves, complete in place Three Hundred Fifty-Five.'and no/100---------dollars( 355.00)/Each 1,065.00 9. 1 1 Each, 2" Gate Valves, complete in place Two Hundred Twenty -Five and no/100----------dollars( 225.00)/Each 225.00 10. 1 Each, 12" x 6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve, complete in place 1,150.00 One Thousand One Hundred Fifty and no/100---dollars( / )/Each 1,150.00 11. 1;000 Pounds, Light -Weight (Compact) Ductile Iron Fittings, with reaction backing, complete in place Two and 20/100 ------------------------------dollars( 2.20)/Lb. 2,200.00 12. 1 Each, Fire Hydrant Assembly, complete in place One Thousand 1,375.00 Three Hundred Seventy -Five and no/100-------dollars( / )/Each 1,375.00 13. 1 Each, Removal of Existing Fire • Hydrant Assembly, including 6" Auxiliary Valve, delivery to • storage Three Hundred Fifty and no/100--------------dollars( 350.00)/Each 350.00 TOTAL BID, SCHEDULE A (WATER IMPROVEMENTS) $ 66,352.00 5-4 • SCHEDULE B - SEWER IMPROVEMENTS Item Estimated Description of Item and Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid Total No. Quantity Amount 14. 30 Linear Feet, 16" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including open trench and compacted backfill,. complete in place • One Hundred Eight -Five and no/100-----------dollars( 185.00)/L.F, $ 5,550.00 15. 40 Linear Feet, 16" Steel Casing (1/4" wall), including highway bore, complete in place One Hundred Eighty -Five and no/100----------dollars( 185.00)/L.F. 7,400.00 16.. 260 Linear Feet, 12" Gravity Sewer Line, 0-6' in depth, complete in place Twenty and no/100---------------------------dollars( 20.00)/L,F, 5,200.00 17. 200 Linear Feet, 10" Gravity Sewer Line, 0-6' in depth, complete in place Eighteen and no/100-------------------------dollars( 18.00)/L.F. 3,600.00 18. 565 Linear Feet, 8" Gravity Sewer Line, 0-6' in depth, complete in place Sixteen and 50/100 -----=--------------------dollars( 16.50)/L.F. 9,322.50 19. 40 Linear Feet, 4" Gravity Sewer Line, 0-6' in depth, completeS in place Twelve and 50/100---------------- --------- dollars( 12.50)/L.F. 500.00 20. 50 Linear Feet, Extra Depth Trench, 6-8' in depth, complete in place • Five and no/100-----------------------------dollars( 5.00)/L,F, 250.00 21. 125 Linear Feet, Extra Depth Trench, 8-10' in depth, complete in place Eight and no/100----------------------------dollars( 8.00)/L,F, 1,000.00 22. 105 Linear Feet, Extra Depth Trench, • 10-12' in depth, complete in place Twelve and no/100------------------ ---- ---dollars( 12.00)/L.F. 1,260.00 Item Estimated Description of Item and No. Quantity 23. 215 Linear Feet, Extra -Depth 12-14' in depth, completf Twenty -Five and no/100---,------------------- Unit or Lump Sum Price Bid Total Amount Trench, in place dollars( 25.00 )/L.F. $ 5,375.00 24. 145 Linear Feet, Extra Depth Trench, 14-16' in depth, complete in place Thirty -Five and no/100---------------------- dollars( 35.00 )/L.F. 5,075.00 25. 25 Linear Feet, Extra Depth Trench, 16-18' in depth, complete in place Forty -Five and no/100----------------------- dollars( 45.00 )/L.F. 1,125.00 26. 5 Each, 4' Diameter Cast -in -Place Manholes, complete in place Nine Hundred Fifty and no/100----------------dollars( 950.00)/Each 4,750,00 27. 1 Each, 4' Diameter Cast -in -Place. .Drop Manholes, complete in place 1,950.00 One Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and no/100---dollars( / )/Each 1,950.00 28. 20 Linear Feet, 4' Diameter Manhole_Barrel Extension, complete in place One Hundred Ten and no/100------------------ dollars( 110.00)/L.F. 2,200.00 29. 4 Each, Existing Manholes Demolished Four Hundred Twenty -Five and no/100--------- dollars( 425.00)/Each 1,700.00 30. 10 Cubic Yards, Rock Excavation One Hundred Fifty and no/100---------------- dollars( 150,00)/C.Y. 1,500.00 31. 150 Linear Feet, Crushed Stone Base (12" depth) for paved road, street, driveway and parking lot crossings, complete in place Seven and no/100-----------------------------dollars( 7.00)/L.F.. 1,050,00 32. 5 Square Yards, Repair of Concrete Walkways, complete in place Twenty -Five and no/1.00-----------------------dollars( 25.00)/S.Y. 125.00 Item No Estimated Quantity Quantit Description of Item and Unit or Lump.Sum Price Bid Total Amount 33. 20 Tons, Asphaltic Concrete for repair of asphalt surfaces, complete in place Ninety -Five and no/100----------------------dollars( 95.00)/Ton $ 1,900.00 34. 10 Linear Feet, Class B Concrete, complete in place Seventy -Five and no/100---------------------dollars( 75.00)/L,F, 750.00 35. 1 Each, Tie to System, 3/4" through 2"., complete in place One Hundred Twenty -Five and no/100----------dollars( 125.00 )/Each 125.00 TOTAL BID, SCHEDULE B (SEWER IMPROVEMENTS) $ 61,707.50 TOTAL BID, SCHEDULES A AND B ................................:. •$ 128,059.50 The lowest Bidder shall be determined by. the lowest bid accepted by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all. bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. Unit quantities are not guaranteed. Final payment will be based on actual quantities. Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words, unless obviously incorrect, will govern. The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, bailing, shoring, removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. 6. The Bidder agrees that the Water and Sewer Relocation be placed in operation and all work completed within 60 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of. the General Conditions. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Contract Agreement as to liquidated damages in the. event of failure to complete the Work on time. 5-7 4. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the address of Bidder indicated below. 8. The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Submitted this 31st 1 day of July , 1990 Respectfully submitted, Fayette Tree & Trench, Inc. (Firm Name) By /s/ Eugene Nottenkamper Title President Post Office Box 471 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-0471 (Business Address & Zip Code) Arkansas License No. 89-2891 (Seal, if bid.is•by corporation.) r ¶O o�pM flC,s ?4det 1 2ne/ re74 rn Si D CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE CONTRACT/LEASE REVIEW � Kw( IgD- ≤foge se�refia/ovo>ect 2eloce'! / Csiowge order #1 FROM: • S /Varbas{I ✓J lv�eehr+l NAME DIVISION/DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 4pprova/ a/ 6%a+ . q derM BUDGET REVIEW: qq BU GET COORDINATOR ********K*************************************************##*##* ACCOUNTIN UPERVISOR DATE CITY TTORN Y DATE PURCH4Q'S\AGENT DATE ITOR DATE CHANGE ORDER (Instructions on reverse side) /z7- �o MICROFILMED No. 2 PROJECT: Water & Sewer Relocation DATE OF ISSUANCE: December 28, 1990 Relative to Hwy. 180 Grade Separation OWNER: City of Fayetteville (Name, 115 West Central Address) Fayetteville, AR 72701 CONTRACTOR: Fayette Tree & Trench OWNER's Project No. Fy-198 P. 0. Box 471 Fayetteville, AR ENGINEER: McGoodwin, Williams & Yates 909 Rolling Hills Drive CONTRACT FOR:. Relocation of Water and Fayetteville, AR Sewer Facilities ENGINEER's Project No. Fy-198 You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents. Description: To add pay items for 6" Gravity Sewer Line and Connection to Existing Manholes, to decrease quantities from not building 8" sewer line No. 2 and to add time to contract. Purpose of Change Order: To provide payment for 6" Gravity Sewer Line to be built, to decrease quantities for *" Gravity Sewer Line No. 2 and to add time to the contract. Attachments: (List documents supporting change) Attachment 1 - Additional Pay Items & Decreases in Quantities. Attachment 2 - Explanation of Time Extension CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: Original Contract Price $ 128,059.50 Previous Change Orders No. 0 to No. 1 $ 500.00 Contract Price prior to this Change Order g 128,559.50 Net IAL07ease (decrease) of this Change Order $ 5,702.50 Contract Price with all approved Change Orders $ 122,857.00 CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME:. Original Contract Time 60 days or date Net change from previous Change Orders 70 days Contract Time Prior to this Change Order 130 days or date Net Increase (4 iuxod of this Change Order 35 days Contract Time with all approved Change Orders 165 days or February 17, 1991 Jay, or date RECOM /EENNDEDD: �,/j���/y_ //�4277 APPROVED: APPROVED: /I by/t/ t.R �!* oiiTN by I �21r.. / `Engineer - ✓ `" Contractor EJCDC No. 1910-8-B (4983 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. CHANGE ORDER INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform. format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Time. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Directive Change must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Time. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Time should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating change order items to reduce the adminis- trative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time, a Field Order may be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attach- ments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Contractor for approval. After approval by Contractor, all copies should be sent to Owner for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by Owner. If a change only applies to price or to time, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. IF Pay Item 37 Pay Item 38 Pay Item 26 Pay Item 18 Pay Item 27 Pay Item 34 Pay Item 21 Pay Item 22 Pay Item 23 Pay Item 24 Water Relative to Add 250 L.F., 6" Gr @ $14.50 L.F. ATTACHMENT 1 and Sewer Relocation Hwy. 180 Grade Separation Fy-198 avity Sewer Line 0-6' in depth + $3,625.00 Add 1 Ea., Connection to Existing Manhole @ $350.00 Ea. + 350.00 Add 1 Ea., 4' Diameter Manhole @ $950.00 each + 950.00 Subtract 265 L.F., 8" Gravity Sewer Line 0-6' in depth @ $16.50 L.F. - 4,372.50 Subtract 1 Ea., 4' Diameter Drop Manhole - 1,950.00 Subtract 5 L.F., Class B Concrete @ $75.00 L.F. - 375.00 Subtract 25 L.F., Extra Depth Trench 8-10' @ 8.00 L.F. - 200.00 Subtract 40 L.F., Extra Depth Trench 10-12' @ 12.00 L.F. - 480.00 Subtract 60 L.F. Extra Depth Trench 12-14' @ 25.00 L.F. - 1,500.00 Subtract 50 L.F. Extra Depth Trench 14-16' @ 35.00 L.F. - 1,750.00 Total Decrease in Contract Price - $5,702.50 4 T A Ye ra{ ATTACHMENT 2 Explanation of Time Extension This project was bid to be constructed in September or October. Notice to Proceed was issued September 5, 1990, but contractor could not begin work until October 17.because the easements and permits were not acquired until this date. This required construction to be completed during the winter months. Therefore, an additional 35 days will be required to complete the project. '' f r CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE CONTRACT/LEASE REVIEW For CITY From: Sid Norbash Name MANAGER APPROVAL Engineering / PH 1-30-91 Division/Department Date Project: Hwy 180 Grade Separation W/S Relocations Contract: Construction Contarct/Fayette Tree & Trench C.O. #2 Please Return to the Above Noted Person By : Budget Review: .Cc______ — — — — — — — — — — — — — _ — - jBudget Coordinator Account4fSu visor Date c. /-3o-9) r. Cit Attorney Date je I-30-91 urc -Officer Date Auditor Date